#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:11 msgid "Access WebDAV shared drives and directories" msgstr "Accedi ai dispositivi e alle directory condivisi tramite WebDAV" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:14 msgid "diskdrake --dav" msgstr "diskdrake --dav" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:19 msgid "diskdrake--dav1.png" msgstr "diskdrake--dav1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:24 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" "\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" "Puoi avviare questo strumento dalla riga di comando, digitando <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> come root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:24 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia " "Control Center, under the Network Sharing tab, labeled <guilabel>Configure " "WebDAV shares</guilabel>." msgstr "" "Questo strumento<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> lo trovi nel " "Centro di Controllo di Mageia, nel tab Condivisioni di rete, etichettato " "<guilabel>Configura condivisioni WebDAV</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:30 en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:22 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:21 #: en/drak3d.xml:15 en/drakconnect.xml:16 en/draknetcenter.xml:29 #: en/draksambashare.xml:27 en/drakvpn.xml:16 en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:27 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:41 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:27 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:46 en/keyboarddrake.xml:17 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:21 msgid "Introduction" msgstr "Introduzione" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:32 msgid "" "<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV\">WebDAV</link> is a " "protocol that allows to mount a web server's directory locally, so that it " "appears as a local directory. It is necessary that the remote machine run a " "WebDAV server. This is not the aim of this tool to configure the WebDAV " "server." msgstr "" "<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV\">WebDAV</link> è un " "protocollo che consente di montare un directory di un server web localmente, " "così che questo appaia come una directory locale. E' necessario che la " "macchina remota abbia in esecuzione un server WebDAV. Lo scopo di questo " "strumento non è quello di configurare il server WebDAV." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:40 msgid "Creating a new entry" msgstr "Crea una nuova voce" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:42 msgid "" "The first screen of the tool displays the already configured entries, if " "any, and a <guibutton>New</guibutton> button. Use it to create a new entry. " "Insert the server URL in the field of the new screen." msgstr "" "La prima schermata dello strumento mostra le voci già configurate, se " "presenti, e un pulsante <guibutton>Nuova</guibutton>. Usalo per creare una " "nuova voce. Inserisci l'URL del server nel campo della nuova schermata." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:46 msgid "" "Then you get a screen with radio buttons to select some actions. Continue " "with the action <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> by clicking " "<guibutton>OK</guibutton> after selecting the radio button, as the " "<guibutton>Server</guibutton> is already configured. You can however correct " "it, if needed." msgstr "" "Raggiungerai quindi una schermata con alcuni pulsanti radio per selezionare " "alcune azioni. Continua con l'azione <guibutton>Punto di mount</guibutton> " "cliccando <guibutton>OK</guibutton> dopo aver selezionato il pulsante radio, " "in quanto il <guibutton>Server</guibutton> è già configurato. Potrai " "comunque correggerlo, se necessario." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:54 msgid "diskdrake--dav3.png" msgstr "diskdrake--dav3.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:58 msgid "" "The content of the remote directory will be accessible through this mount " "point." msgstr "" "Il contenuto della directory remota risulterà accessibile tramite questo " "punto di montaggio." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:61 msgid "" "In the next step, give your user name and password. If you need some other " "options, you can give them in the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> screen." msgstr "" "Nella fase successiva, inserisci il tuo nome utente e la password. Se " "necessiti altre opzioni, puoi darle nella schermata <guibutton>avanzate</" "guibutton>." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:67 msgid "diskdrake--dav4.png" msgstr "diskdrake--dav4.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:71 msgid "" "The option <guibutton>Mount</guibutton> allows you to mount immediately the " "access." msgstr "" "L'opzione <guibutton>Monta</guibutton> ti permette di montare immediatamente " "l'accesso." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:74 msgid "" "After you accepted the configuration with the radio button <guibutton>Done</" "guibutton>, the first screen is displayed again and your new mount point is " "listed. After you choose <guibutton>Quit</guibutton>, you are asked whether " "or not to save the modifications in <emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Choose " "this option if you want that the remote directory is available at each boot. " "If your configuration is for one-time usage, do not save it." msgstr "" "Dopo aver accettato la configurazione con il pulsante radio " "<guibutton>Fatto</guibutton>, la prima schermata viene mostrata nuovamente " "ed il tuo nuovo punto di montaggio viene elencato. Dopo aver premuto " "<guibutton>Chiudi</guibutton>, ti viene chiesto se salvare o non salvare le " "modifiche in <emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Scegli questa opzione se vuoi " "che la directory remota sia disponibile ad ogni avvio. Se la tua " "configurazione vale per un solo utilizzo, non salvarla." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:3 msgid "Share your hard disk partitions" msgstr "Condividi le tue partizioni del disco fisso" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:6 msgid "diskdrake --fileshare" msgstr "diskdrake --fileshare" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:11 msgid "diskdrake--fileshare.png" msgstr "diskdrake--fileshare.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:15 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" "\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" "Puoi avviare questo strumento dalla riga di comando digitando <emphasis role=" "\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> come root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:15 msgid "" "This simple tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you, the " "administrator, to allow users to share parts of their own /home " "subdirectories with other users of a same local network which may have " "computers running either Linux or Windows operating system." msgstr "" "Questo semplice strumento<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> consente " "a te, amministratore, di autorizzare gli utenti a condividere parti delle " "proprie sottodirectory in /home con altri utenti della stessa rete locale " "che potrebbero avere computers su cui gira il sistema operativo Linux o " "Windows." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:20 msgid "" "It is found in the Mageia Control Center, under the Local Disk tab, labelled " "\"Share your hard disk partitions\"." msgstr "" "Si trova nel Centro di Controllo di Mageia, nella scheda Dischi Locali, " "etichettata \"Condividi le partizioni del disco fisso\"." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:23 msgid "" "First, answer the question : \"<guilabel>Would you like to allow users to " "share some of their directories ?</guilabel>\", click on <guibutton>No " "sharing</guibutton> if the answer is no for all users, click on " "<guibutton>Allow all users</guibutton> for all users and click on " "<guibutton>Custom</guibutton> if the answer is no for some users and yes for " "the others. In this last case, the users that are authorised to share their " "directories must belong to the fileshare group, which is automatically " "created by the system. You will be asked about this later." msgstr "" "Primo, rispondi alla domanda: \"<guilabel>Vuoi consentire agli utenti di " "condividere alcune delle loro directory ?</guilabel>\", clicca su " "<guibutton>Nessuna condivisione</guibutton> se la risposta è no per tutti " "gli utenti, clicca su <guibutton>Permetti a tutti gli utenti</guibutton> per " "tutti gli utenti e clicca su <guibutton>Personalizzato</guibutton> se la " "risposta è no per alcuni utenti e sì per altri. In questo ultimo caso, gli " "utenti che sono autorizzati a condividere le proprie directory devono " "appartenere al gruppo fileshare, che è automaticamente creato dal sistema. " "Verrai interrogato successivamente in merito a questo aspetto." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:32 msgid "" "Click on <guilabel>OK</guilabel>, a second screen appears which asks you " "choose between <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> or <guibutton>SMB</guibutton>. " "Check <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> if Linux is the only operating system on " "the network, check <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> if the network includes both " "Linux and Windows machines and then click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Any " "required packages will be installed if necessary." msgstr "" "Clicca su <guilabel>OK</guilabel>, una seconda schermata apparirà " "proponendoti di scegliere tra <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> o <guibutton>SMB</" "guibutton>. Spunta <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> se Linux è l'unico sistema " "operativo sulla rete, spunta <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> se la rete include " "sia macchine Linux che macchine Windows e quindi clicca su <guibutton>OK</" "guibutton>. I pacchetti richiesti verranno installati se necessario." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:39 msgid "" "The configuration is now complete unless the Custom option was chosen. In " "this case, an extra screen prompts you to open Userdrake. This tool allows " "you to add users authorised to share their directories to the fileshare " "group. In the User tab, click on the user to add to the fileshare group, " "then on <guimenuitem>Edit</guimenuitem>, In the Groups tab. Check the " "fileshare group and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. For more information " "about Userdrake, see <link ns2:href=\"userdrake.xml\">this page</link>" msgstr "" "La configurazione è ora completa a meno che non sia stata scelta l'opzione " "Personalizzato. In questo caso una schermata extra ti domanderà di avviare " "Userdrake. Questo strumento ti consente di aggiungere gli utenti autorizzati " "a condividere le loro directory al gruppo fileshare. Nella scheda Utente, " "clicca sull'utente per aggiungerlo al gruppo fileshare, quindi su " "<guimenuitem>Modifica</guimenuitem>, nella scheda Gruppi. Spunta il gruppo " "fileshare e clicca su <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Per ulteriori informazioni " "su Userdrake, guarda <link ns2:href=\"userdrake.xml\">questa pagina</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:50 msgid "" "When adding a new user to the fileshare group, you have to disconnect and " "reconnect the network for the modifications to be taken into account." msgstr "" "Quando si aggiunge un nuovo utente al gruppo fileshare, devi disconnettere e " "riconnettere la rete affinché le modifiche vengano prese in considerazione." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:55 msgid "" "From now on each user belonging to the fileshare group can select in his/her " "file manager the directories to be shared, although not all file managers " "have this facility." msgstr "" "D'ora in poi ogni utente appartenente al gruppo fileshare potrà selezionare " "nel suo gestore di file le directory da condividere, sebbene non tutti i " "gestori di file forniscono questa funzionalità." #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:1 en/MCC-cover.xml:9 en/mcc-network.xml:1 #: en/MCC.xml:1 en/software-management.xml:2 en/transfugdrake.xml:1 msgid "en" msgstr "it" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:3 msgid "Access NFS shared drives and directories" msgstr "Accedi a dischi e cartelle in condivisione NFS" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:6 msgid "diskdrake --nfs" msgstr "diskdrake --nfs" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:11 msgid "diskdrake--nfs.png" msgstr "diskdrake--nfs.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:17 msgid "." msgstr "." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:25 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" "\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" "Puoi avviare questo strumento dalla riga di comando digitando <emphasis role=" "\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> come root." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:24 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to declare " "some shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The " "protocol used for this is NFS which is available on most Linux or Unix " "systems. The shared directory will be thus available directly at boot. " "Shared directories can be also accessible directly in a single session for a " "user with tools such as file browsers." msgstr "" "Questo strumento<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ti consente di " "dichiarare alcune cartelle condivise come accessibili a tutti gli utenti " "sulla macchina. Il protocollo utilizzato é NFS, disponibile sulla maggior " "parte dei sistemi Linux e Unix. La cartella condivisa sarà quindi " "disponibile direttamente all'avvio. Le cartelle condivise possono essere " "anche accessibili direttamente in una singola sessione per un utente con " "strumenti quali i file browser." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:36 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:38 msgid "Procedure" msgstr "Procedura" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:38 msgid "" "Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers " "which share directories." msgstr "" "Seleziona <guibutton>cerca server</guibutton> per ottenere una lista dei " "server che condividono directory." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:41 msgid "" "Click on the > symbol before the server name to display the list of the " "shared directories and select the directory you want to access." msgstr "" "Clicca sul simbolo > prima del nome del server per visualizzare la lista " "delle directory condivise e seleziona la directory cui vuoi accedere." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:47 msgid "diskdrake--nfs2.png" msgstr "diskdrake--nfs2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:51 msgid "" "The button <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> will be available and you have " "to specify where to mount the directory." msgstr "" "Il pulsante <guibutton>Punto di mount</guibutton> diventerà disponibile e " "dovrai specificare dove montare la directory." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:56 msgid "diskdrake--nfs3.png" msgstr "diskdrake--nfs3.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:60 msgid "" "After choosing the mount point, You can mount it. You can also verify and " "change some options with the <guibutton>Options</guibutton> button. After " "mounting the directory, you can unmount it with the same button." msgstr "" "Dopo aver scelto il punto di mount, puoi montarlo. Puoi anche verificare e " "cambiare qualche opzione con il pulsante <guibutton>Opzioni</guibutton>. " "Dopo aver montato la directory puoi smontarla usando lo stesso pulsante." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:67 msgid "diskdrake--nfs4.png" msgstr "diskdrake--nfs4.png" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:73 msgid "diskdrake--nfs5.png" msgstr "diskdrake--nfs5.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:77 msgid "" "On accepting the configuration with the <guibutton>Done</guibutton> button, " "a message will displayed, asking \"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab " "modifications\". This will make the directory available at each boot, if the " "network is accessible. The new directory is then available in your file " "browser, for example in Dolphin." msgstr "" "Accettando la configurazione con il pulsante <guibutton>Fatto</guibutton>, " "un messaggio verrà mostrato, domandando \"Vuoi salvare le modifiche a /etc/" "fstab\". Questo passaggio renderà la cartella disponibile ad ogni avvio, se " "la rete sarà accessibile. La nuova cartella sarà inoltre visibile nel tuo " "file browser, per esempio Dolphin." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:85 msgid "diskdrake--nfs6.png" msgstr "diskdrake--nfs6.png" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:3 msgid "CD/DVD burner" msgstr "Masterizzatore di CD/DVD" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:5 msgid "diskdrake --removable" msgstr "diskdrake --removable" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:10 msgid "diskdrake--removable.png" msgstr "diskdrake--removable.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:15 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" "\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>is found under the tab " "Local disks in the Mageia Control Center labelled accordingly with your " "removable hardware (CD/DVD players and burners and floppy drives only)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:20 msgid "Its goal is to define the way your removable disk is mounted." msgstr "" "Il suo obiettivo è quello di definire il modo in cui il tuo disco rimovibile " "è montato." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:22 msgid "" "At the top of the window there is a short description of your hardware and " "the chosen options to mount it. Use the menu on the bottom to change them. " "Check the item to be changed and then on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> " "button." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:28 msgid "Mount point" msgstr "Punto di mount" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:30 msgid "" "Check this box to change the mount point. The default one is /media/cdrom." msgstr "" "Spunta questa casella per cambiare il punto di mount. Quello di default è /" "media/cdrom" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><bridgehead> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:37 en/harddrake2.xml:66 msgid "Options" msgstr "Opzioni" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:39 msgid "" "Many mount options can be chosen here either directly in the list or via the " "<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel> submenu. The main are:" msgstr "" "Alcuni punti di mount possono essere scelti sia qui direttamente nella lista " "o via il sottomenù <guilabel>Avanzate</guilabel>. I principali sono:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:45 msgid "user/nouser" msgstr "user/nouser" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:47 msgid "" "user allows an ordinary user (not root) to mount the removable disk, this " "option involves noexec, nosuid and nodev. The user who mounted the disk is " "the only one who can umount it." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:11 msgid "Access Windows (SMB) shared drives and directories" msgstr "Accedi a dischi e cartelle condivise con Windows (SMB)" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:14 msgid "diskdrake --smb" msgstr "diskdrake --smb" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:24 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" "\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" "Puoi avviare questo strumento da linea di comando digitando come root: " "<emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:23 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to declare " "which shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The " "protocol used for this is SMB which has been popularized on Windows(R) " "systems. The shared directory will be available directly at boot. Shared " "directories can be also accessed directly in a single session by a user with " "tools such as file browsers." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:33 msgid "" "Before starting the tool, it is a good idea to declare the names of " "available servers, for example with <xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>" msgstr "" "Prima di avviare l'opzione, è una buona idea di dichiarare il nome del " "server disponibile, per esempio <xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:40 msgid "" "Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers who " "share directories." msgstr "" "Seleziona <guibutton>ricerca server</guibutton> per ottenere una lista dei " "server che condividono cartelle." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:43 msgid "" "Click on the server name and on > before the server name to display the " "list of the shared directories and select the directory you want to access." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:47 msgid "" "The <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> button will become available, you " "have to specify where to mount the directory." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:52 msgid "diskdrake--smb2.png" msgstr "diskdrake--smb2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:56 msgid "" "After choosing the mount point, it can be mounted with the <guimenu>Mount " "button</guimenu>. You can also verify and change some options with the " "<guibutton>Options</guibutton> button." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:60 msgid "" "In options, you can specify the user name and the password of those able to " "connect to the SMB server. After mounting the directory, you can unmount it " "with the same button." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:66 msgid "diskdrake--smb3.png" msgstr "diskdrake--smb3.png" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:72 msgid "diskdrake--smb4.png" msgstr "diskdrake--smb4.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:76 msgid "" "After accepting the configuration with the Done button, a message will ask " "\"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab modifications\". Saving, will allow " "directory to made available at each boot, if the network is accessible. The " "new directory is then available in your file browser, for example in dolphin." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:84 msgid "diskdrake--smb5.png" msgstr "diskdrake--smb5.png" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drak3d.xml:3 msgid "3D Desktop Effects" msgstr "Effetti Schermo 3D" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/drak3d.xml:5 msgid "drak3d" msgstr "drak3d" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drak3d.xml:10 msgid "drak3d.png" msgstr "drak3d.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drak3d.xml:18 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" "\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drak3d.xml:17 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> lets you manage the 3D " "desktop effects on your operating system. 3D effects are turned off by " "default." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drak3d.xml:25 msgid "Getting Started" msgstr "Iniziamo" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drak3d.xml:27 msgid "" "To use this tool, you need to have the glxinfo package installed. If the " "package is not installed, you will be prompted to do so before drak3d can " "start." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drak3d.xml:31 msgid "" "After starting drak3d, you will be presented with a menu window. Here you " "can choose either <guilabel>No 3D Desktop Effects</guilabel> or " "<guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion is part of a composite/" "window manager, which includes hardware-accelerated special effects for your " "desktop. Choose <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> to turn it on." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drak3d.xml:38 msgid "" "If this is your first time using this program after a clean installation of " "Mageia, you will get a warning message telling you which packages need to be " "installed in order to use Compiz Fusion. Click on the <guibutton>Ok</" "guibutton> button to continue." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drak3d.xml:45 msgid "drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png" msgstr "drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drak3d.xml:49 msgid "" "Once the appropriate packages are installed, you will notice that Compiz " "Fusion is selected in the drak3d menu, but you must log out and log back in " "for the changes to take effect." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drak3d.xml:53 msgid "" "After logging back in, Compiz Fusion will be activated. To configure Compiz " "Fusion, see the page for the ccsm (CompizConfig Settings Manager) tool." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drak3d.xml:59 msgid "Troubleshooting" msgstr "Risoluzione problemi" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/drak3d.xml:62 msgid "Can't See Desktop after Logging in" msgstr "Non vedo lo schermo dopo il log in" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/drak3d.xml:64 msgid "" "If after turning on Compiz Fusion you attempt to log back into your desktop " "but can't see anything, restart your computer to get back to the log in " "screen. Once there, click on the Desktop icon and select drak3d." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drak3d.xml:71 msgid "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png" msgstr "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/drak3d.xml:75 msgid "" "When you log in, if your account is listed as an administrator, you will be " "prompted for your password again. Otherwise, use the administrator login " "with his/her account. Then you can undo any changes that may have caused the " "log in problem." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakauth.xml:9 msgid "Authentication" msgstr "Autenticazione" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/drakauth.xml:11 msgid "drakauth" msgstr "drakauth" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakauth.xml:16 msgid "drakauth.png" msgstr "drakauth.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakauth.xml:21 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" "\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakauth.xml:21 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> enables you to modify the " "manner in which you can be recognized as user of the machine or on the net." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakauth.xml:25 msgid "" "By default, information for your authentication is stored in a file on your " "computer. Modify it only if your network administrator invites you to do so " "and give information about that." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakautologin.xml:3 msgid "Set up autologin to automatically log in" msgstr "Imposta l'accesso automatico" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/drakautologin.xml:6 #, fuzzy msgid "drakautologin" msgstr "drakauth" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakautologin.xml:11 #, fuzzy msgid "drakautologin.png" msgstr "drakauth.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakautologin.xml:16 #, fuzzy msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" "\"bold\">drakautologin</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" "Puoi avviare questo tool da linea di comando scrivendo <emphasis role=\"bold" "\">drakconnect</emphasis> come root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakautologin.xml:15 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to " "automatically login the same user, in her/his desktop environment, without " "asking for any password. It's called autologin. This is generally a good " "idea when there is only one user like to be using the machine." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakautologin.xml:22 msgid "" "It is found under the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Boot</emphasis> tab in the " "Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set up autologin to automatically log in\"." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakautologin.xml:26 msgid "The interface buttons are pretty obvious:" msgstr "I bottoni di interfaccia sono piuttosto semplici:" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakautologin.xml:28 msgid "" "Check <guibutton>Launch the graphical environment when your system starts</" "guibutton>, if you want X Window System to be executed after the boot. If " "not, the system will start in text mode. Nevertheless, it will be possible " "to launch the graphic interface manually. This can be done by launching the " "command 'startx' or 'systemctl start dm'." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakautologin.xml:34 msgid "" "If the first box is checked, two other options are available, check either " "<guibutton>No, I don't want autologin</guibutton>, if you want the system to " "continue to ask for which user to connect (and password) or check " "<guibutton>Yes, I want autologin with this (user, desktop)</guibutton>, if " "needed. In this case, you also need to supply the <guilabel>Default " "username</guilabel> and the <guilabel>Default desktop</guilabel>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakboot.xml:3 msgid "Set up boot system" msgstr "Configura l'avvio del sistema" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/drakboot.xml:4 msgid "drakboot" msgstr "drakboot" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakboot.xml:8 msgid "drakboot--boot.png" msgstr "drakboot--boot.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot.xml:11 msgid "" "If you are using a UEFI system instead of BIOS, the user interface is " "slightly different as the boot device is obviously the EFI system Partition " "(ESP)." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakboot.xml:16 msgid "drakboot--boot2.png" msgstr "drakboot--boot2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakboot.xml:19 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" "\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot.xml:19 #, fuzzy msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to configure " "the boot options (choice of the bootloader, set a password, the default " "boot, etc.)" msgstr "" "Questo strumento<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ti permette di " "accedere alla console che viene automaticamente aperta come root. Non " "pensiamo che tu debba sapere altro al riguardo." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot.xml:21 #, fuzzy msgid "" "It is found under the Boot tab in the Mageia Control Center labeled \"Set up " "boot system\"." msgstr "" "Si trova nel Centro di Controllo di Mageia, nella scheda Dischi Locali, " "etichettata \"Condividi le partizioni del disco fisso\"." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/drakboot.xml:24 msgid "" "Don't use this tool if you don't know exactly what you are doing. Changing " "some settings may prevent your machine from booting again !" msgstr "" "Non usare questo strumento se non sai esattamente quello che stai facendo. " "Cambiare alcune impostazioni può impedire alla tua macchina di eseguire il " "boot!" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot.xml:28 msgid "" "In the first part, called <guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>, it is possible if " "using BIOS, to choose which <guibutton>Bootloader to use</guibutton>, Grub, " "Grub2 or Lilo, and with a graphical or a text menu. It is just a question " "of taste, there are no other consequences. You can also set the " "<guibutton>Boot device</guibutton>, don't change anything here unless you " "are an expert. The boot device is where the bootloader is installed and any " "modification can prevent your machine from booting." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot.xml:35 msgid "" "In a UEFI system, the bootloader is <guilabel>Grub2-efi</guilabel> and is " "installed in /boot/EFI partition. This FAT32 formatted partition is common " "to all operating systems installed." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot.xml:38 msgid "" "In the second part, called <guilabel>Main options</guilabel>, you can set " "the <guibutton>Delay before booting default image</guibutton>, in seconds. " "During this delay, Grub or Lilo will display the list of available operating " "systems, prompting you to make your choice. If no selection is made, the " "bootloader will boot the default one once the delay elapses." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot.xml:44 msgid "" "In the third and last part, called <guibutton>Security</guibutton>, it is " "possible to set a password." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot.xml:46 msgid "The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button gives some extra options." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot.xml:48 msgid "<guibutton>Enable ACPI:</guibutton>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot.xml:49 msgid "" "ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) is a standard for the " "power management. It can save energy by stopping unused devices, this was " "the method used before APM. Check this box if your hardware is ACPI " "compatible." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot.xml:53 msgid "<guibutton>Enable SMP:</guibutton>" msgstr "<guibutton>Abilita SMP:</guibutton>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot.xml:54 msgid "" "SMP stands for Symmetric Multi Processors, it's an architecture for " "multicore processors." msgstr "" "SMP sta per Symmetric Multi Processors, è un'architettura per processori " "multicore." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/drakboot.xml:57 msgid "" "If you have a processor with HyperThreading, Mageia will see it as a dual " "processor and enable SMP." msgstr "" "Se hai un processore con HyperThreading Mageia lo vedrà come un processore " "dual e abiliterà SMP." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot.xml:60 msgid "" "<guibutton>Enable APIC</guibutton> and <guibutton>Enable Local APIC:</" "guibutton>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot.xml:62 msgid "" "APIC stands for Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller. There are two " "components in the Intel APIC system, the local APIC (LAPIC) and the I/O " "APIC. The latter one routes the interrupts it receives from peripheral buses " "to one or more local APICs that are in the processor. It is really useful " "for multi-processor systems. Some computers have problems with the APIC " "system which can cause freezes or incorrect device detection (error message " "\"spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7\"). In this case, disable APIC and/or Local " "APIC." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakboot.xml:72 msgid "drakboot1.png" msgstr "drakboot1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot.xml:75 msgid "" "The <guibutton>Next</guibutton> screen differs depending on which boot " "loader you chose." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakboot.xml:78 msgid "You have Grub Legacy or Lilo:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakboot.xml:79 msgid "" "In this case, you can see the list of all the available entries at boot " "time. The default one is asterisked. To change the order of the menu " "entries, click on the up or down arrows to move the selected item. If you " "click on the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> or <guibutton>Modify</guibutton> " "buttons, a new window appears to add a new entry in the bootloader menu or " "to modify an existing one. You need to be familiar with Lilo or Grub to be " "able to use these tools." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakboot.xml:88 msgid "drakboot2.png" msgstr "drakboot2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakboot.xml:91 msgid "" "The <guilabel>Label</guilabel> field is freeform, write here what you want " "to be displayed in the menu. It matches the Grub command \"title\". For " "example: Mageia3." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakboot.xml:94 msgid "" "The <guilabel>Image</guilabel> field contains the kernel name. It matches " "the Grub command \"kernel\". For example /boot/vmlinuz." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakboot.xml:96 msgid "" "The <guilabel>Root</guilabel> field contains the device name where the " "kernel is stored. It matches the Grub command \"root\". For example (hd0,1)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakboot.xml:99 en/drakboot.xml:120 msgid "" "The <guilabel>Append</guilabel> field contains the options to be given to " "the kernel at boot time." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakboot.xml:101 msgid "" "If the box <guilabel>Default</guilabel> is checked, Grub will boot this " "entry by default." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakboot.xml:103 msgid "" "In the extra screen called <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>, it is possible to " "choose the <guilabel>Video mode</guilabel>, an <guilabel>initrd</guilabel> " "file and a <guilabel>network profile</guilabel>, see <xref linkend=" "\"draknetprofile\"/>, in the drop-down lists." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakboot.xml:110 msgid "" "You have Grub2 or Grub2-efi (boot loaders used by default respectively in " "Legacy mode and UEFI mode):" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakboot.xml:112 msgid "" "In this case, the drop-down list labelled <guilabel>Default</guilabel> " "displays all the available entries; click on the one wanted as the default " "one." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakboot.xml:117 #, fuzzy msgid "drakboot3.png" msgstr "drakboot.png" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakboot.xml:122 msgid "" "If you have other operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them " "to your Mageia boot menu. If you don't want this behaviour, uncheck the box " "<guilabel>Probe Foreign OS</guilabel>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakboot.xml:125 msgid "" "In the extra screen called <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>, it is possible to " "choose the <guilabel>Video mode</guilabel>. If you don't want a bootable " "Mageia, but to chain load it from another OS, check the box <guilabel>Do not " "touch ESP or MBR</guilabel> and accept the warning." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakboot.xml:132 #, fuzzy msgid "drakboot6.png" msgstr "drakboot1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/drakboot.xml:136 msgid "" "Not installing on ESP or MBR means that the installation is not bootable " "unless chain loaded from another OS." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakboot.xml:139 msgid "" "To set many other parameters, you can use the tool named <emphasis>Grub " "Customizer</emphasis>, available in the Mageia repositories (see below)." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakboot.xml:144 #, fuzzy msgid "drakboot4.png" msgstr "drakboot.png" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:11 msgid "Collect Logs and System Information for Bug Reports" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:12 msgid "drakbug_report" msgstr "drakbug_report" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:15 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" "\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:15 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and " "used on the command line." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:20 msgid "" "It is advised to write the output of this command to a file, for instance by " "doing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>, " "but make sure you have enough disk space first: the file can easily be " "several GBs large." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:24 msgid "" "The output is far too large to attach to a bug report without first removing " "the unneeded parts." msgstr "" "L'output è troppo grande per essere allegato a un bug report senza " "cancellare le parti non necessarie." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:26 msgid "This command collects the following information on your system:" msgstr "Questo comando raccoglie le seguenti informazioni sul tuo sistema:" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:29 msgid "lspci" msgstr "lspci" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:30 msgid "pci_devices" msgstr "pci_devices" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:31 msgid "dmidecode" msgstr "dmidecode" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:32 msgid "fdisk" msgstr "fdisk" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:33 msgid "scsi" msgstr "scsi" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:34 msgid "/sys/bus/scsi/devices" msgstr "/sys/bus/scsi/devices" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:35 msgid "lsmod" msgstr "lsmod" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:36 msgid "cmdline" msgstr "cmdline" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:37 msgid "pcmcia: stab" msgstr "pcmcia: stab" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:38 msgid "usb" msgstr "usb" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:39 msgid "partitions" msgstr "partizioni" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:40 msgid "cpuinfo" msgstr "cpuinfo" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:41 msgid "syslog" msgstr "syslog" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:42 msgid "Xorg.log" msgstr "Xorg.log" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:43 msgid "monitor_full_edid" msgstr "monitor_full_edid" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:44 msgid "stage1.log" msgstr "stage1.log" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:45 msgid "ddebug.log" msgstr "ddebug.log" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:46 msgid "install.log" msgstr "install.log" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:47 msgid "fstab" msgstr "fstab" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:48 msgid "modprobe.conf" msgstr "modprobe.conf" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:49 msgid "lilo.conf" msgstr "lilo.conf" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:50 msgid "grub: menu.lst" msgstr "grub: menu.lst" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:51 msgid "grub: install.sh" msgstr "grub: install.sh" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:52 msgid "grub: device.map" msgstr "grub: device.map" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:53 msgid "xorg.conf" msgstr "xorg.conf" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:54 msgid "urpmi.cfg" msgstr "urpmi.cfg" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:55 msgid "modprobe.preload" msgstr "modprobe.preload" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:56 msgid "sysconfig/i18n" msgstr "sysconfig/i18n" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:57 msgid "/proc/iomem" msgstr "/proc/iomem" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:58 msgid "/proc/ioport" msgstr "/proc/ioport" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:59 msgid "mageia version" msgstr "Versione di Mageia" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:60 msgid "rpm -qa" msgstr "rpm -qa" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:61 msgid "df" msgstr "df" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:65 msgid "" "At the time this help page was written, the \"syslog\" part of this " "command's output was empty, because this tool had not yet been adjusted to " "our switch to systemd. If it is still empty, you can retrieve the \"syslog\" " "by doing (as root) <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > journalctl.txt</" "emphasis>. If you don't have a lot of diskspace, you can, for instance, take " "the last 5000 lines of the log instead with: <emphasis role=\"bold" "\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakbug.xml:9 msgid "Mageia Bug Report Tool" msgstr "Strumento per la segnalazione di bug di Mageia" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/drakbug.xml:9 msgid "drakbug" msgstr "drakbug" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakbug.xml:15 msgid "drakbug.png" msgstr "drakbug.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakbug.xml:19 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" "\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakbug.xml:19 msgid "" "Usually, this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> starts " "automatically when a Mageia tool crashes. However, it is also possible that, " "after filing a bug report, you are asked to start this tool to check some of " "the information it gives, and then provide that in that existing bug report." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakbug.xml:21 msgid "" "If a new bug report needs to be filed and you are not used to doing that, " "then please read <link xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" "How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">How to report a bug report properly</link> " "before clicking on the \"Report\" button." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakbug.xml:23 msgid "" "In case the bug has already been filed by someone else (the error message " "that drakbug gave will be the same, then), it is useful to add a comment to " "that existing report that you saw the bug, too." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakclock.xml:3 msgid "Manage date and time" msgstr "Modifica data e ora" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/drakclock.xml:5 msgid "drakclock" msgstr "drakclock" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakclock.xml:10 msgid "drakclock.png" msgstr "drakclock.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakclock.xml:15 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" "\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakclock.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the tab " "System in the Mageia Control Center labelled <guilabel>\"Manage date and time" "\"</guilabel>. In some desktop environments it is also available by a right " "click / Adjust date and Time ... on the clock in the system tray." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakclock.xml:21 msgid "It's a very simple tool." msgstr "E' uno strumento molto semplice da usare." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakclock.xml:23 msgid "" "On the upper left part, is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">calendar</emphasis>. " "On the screenshot above, the date is September (on the upper left), 2012 (on " "the upper right), the 2nd (in blue) and it is a Sunday. Select the month " "(or year) by clicking on the little arrows on each side of September (or " "2012). Select the day by clicking on its number." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakclock.xml:29 msgid "" "On the bottom left is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Network Time Protocol</" "emphasis> synchronising, it is possible to have a clock always on time by " "synchronising it with a server. Check <guilabel>Enable Network Time " "Protocol</guilabel> and choose the closest server." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakclock.xml:34 msgid "" "On the right part is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">clock</emphasis>. It's " "useless to set the clock if NTP is enabled. Three boxes display hours, " "minutes and seconds (15, 28 and 22 on the screenshot). Use the little arrows " "to set the clock to the correct time. The format can't be changed here, see " "your desktop environment settings for that." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakclock.xml:40 msgid "" "At least, on the bottom right, select your time zone by clicking on the " "<guibutton>Change Time Zone</guibutton> button and choosing in the list the " "nearest town." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/drakclock.xml:45 msgid "" "Even if it isn't possible to choose a date or time format in this tool, they " "will be displayed on your desktop in accordance with the localisation " "settings." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:3 msgid "Remove a connection" msgstr "Rimuovi una connessione" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:3 msgid "drakconnect --del" msgstr "drakconnect --del" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:8 msgid "drakconnect--del.png" msgstr "drakconnect--del.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:12 msgid "" "You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" "\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:12 msgid "" "Here, you can delete a network interface<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=" "\"0\"/>." msgstr "" "Qui puoi cancellare un'interfaccia network<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=" "\"0\"/>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:14 msgid "" "Click on the drop down menu, choose the one you want to remove and then " "click <emphasis>next</emphasis>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:15 msgid "" "You'll see a message that the network interface has been deleted " "successfully." msgstr "" "Vedrai un messaggio che l'interfaccia network è stata cancellata con " "successo." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakconnect.xml:3 msgid "Set up a new network interface (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)" msgstr "Configura una nuova interfaccia di rete (lan, adsl, wifi...)" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/drakconnect.xml:6 msgid "drakconnect" msgstr "drakconnect" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect.xml:11 msgid "drakconnect.png" msgstr "drakconnect.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:19 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" "\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" "Puoi avviare questo tool da linea di comando scrivendo <emphasis role=\"bold" "\">drakconnect</emphasis> come root." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:18 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to configure much " "of local network or Internet access. You have to know some information from " "your access provider or your network administrator." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:25 msgid "" "Select the type of connection you want to set, according to which hardware " "and provider you have." msgstr "" "Seleziona il tipo di connessione che vuoi impostare in base a quale hardware " "e provider possiedi." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakconnect.xml:30 msgid "A new Wired connection (Ethernet)" msgstr "Una nuova connessione cablata (Ethernet)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:34 en/drakconnect.xml:162 msgid "" "The first window lists the interfaces which are available. Select the one " "to configure." msgstr "" "La prima finestra mostra le interfacce disponibili. Scegliere quella da " "configurare." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:39 en/drakconnect.xml:167 msgid "" "At this point, the choice is given between an automatic or a manual IP " "address." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:44 en/drakconnect.xml:187 en/drakconnect.xml:557 msgid "Automatic IP" msgstr "IP automatico" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:48 msgid "" "<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers " "are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained " "below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The " "HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, " "the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default. " "The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option " "<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers " "have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address " "from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect.xml:62 msgid "drakconnect5.png" msgstr "drakconnect5.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:68 en/drakconnect.xml:205 en/drakconnect.xml:572 msgid "The advanced button give the opportunity to specify:" msgstr "Il bottone avanzate permette di specificare:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:72 en/drakconnect.xml:209 en/drakconnect.xml:576 msgid "Search domain (not accessible, as provided by the DHCP server)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:77 en/drakconnect.xml:214 en/drakconnect.xml:581 msgid "the DHCP client" msgstr "il client DHCP" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:81 en/drakconnect.xml:218 en/drakconnect.xml:585 msgid "DHCP timeout" msgstr "DHCP timeout" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:85 en/drakconnect.xml:222 msgid "Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS server" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:90 en/drakconnect.xml:227 en/drakconnect.xml:594 msgid "Get NTPD server from DHCP (synchronisation of clocks)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:95 en/drakconnect.xml:232 en/drakconnect.xml:599 msgid "" "the HOSTNAME required by DHCP. Only use this option if the DHCP server " "requires the client to specify a hostname before receiving an IP address. " "This option is not dealt by some DHCP servers." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:104 en/drakconnect.xml:241 msgid "" "After accepting, the last steps which are common to all connection " "configurations are explained: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:111 en/drakconnect.xml:248 en/drakconnect.xml:615 msgid "Manual configuration" msgstr "Configurazione manuale" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:115 msgid "" "<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS " "servers to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no " "HOSTNAME is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is " "attributed by default." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:121 en/drakconnect.xml:258 msgid "" "For a residential network, the IP address usually looks like " "<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is <emphasis>255.255.255.0</" "emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are available from your service " "provider's website." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:126 msgid "" "In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</" "emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your computer is " "called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is \"splash.boatanchor.net\", " "the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". Unless you specifically need " "it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, domestic ADSL would not need " "this setting." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect.xml:136 msgid "drakconnect30.png" msgstr "drakconnect30.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:142 en/drakconnect.xml:279 en/drakconnect.xml:351 #: en/drakconnect.xml:458 en/drakconnect.xml:636 en/drakconnect.xml:688 #: en/drakconnect.xml:780 msgid "The next steps are exposed at <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakconnect.xml:150 msgid "A new Satellite connection (DVB)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:152 en/drakconnect.xml:696 en/draknetcenter.xml:136 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:142 en/draknetcenter.xml:203 msgid "" "This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you " "can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" "en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc team.</link> Thanking you in advance." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakconnect.xml:158 msgid "A new Cable modem connection" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:172 msgid "You have to specify a authentication method:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:176 msgid "None" msgstr "Nessuno" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:180 msgid "" "BPALogin (necessary for Telstra). In this case you have to provide User name " "and password." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:191 msgid "" "<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers " "are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained " "below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The " "HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, " "the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default. " "The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option " "<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers " "have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address " "from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:252 msgid "" "<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS servers " "to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME " "is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is " "attributed by default." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:263 msgid "" "In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</" "emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your computer is " "called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is \"splash.boatanchor.net\", " "the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". Unless you specifically need " "it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, domestic connection would not " "need this setting." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect.xml:273 msgid "drakconnect32.png" msgstr "drakconnect32.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakconnect.xml:287 msgid "A new DSL connection" msgstr "Una nuova connessione DSL" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:291 msgid "" "If the tool detects network interfaces, it offers to select one and to " "configure it." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:296 en/drakconnect.xml:663 msgid "" "A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries. Select your " "provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</" "guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:303 en/drakconnect.xml:380 msgid "Select one of the protocols available:" msgstr "Seleziona uno dei protocolli disponibili:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:307 msgid "Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)" msgstr "Protocollo Configurazione Dinamica Host (DHCP)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:311 msgid "Manual TCP/IP configuration" msgstr "Configurazione TCP/IP manuale" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:315 msgid "PPP over ADSL (PPPoA)" msgstr "PPP tramite ADSL (PPPoA)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:319 msgid "PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE)" msgstr "PPP su Ethernet (PPPoE)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:323 msgid "Point to Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP)" msgstr "Point to Point Tuneling Protocol (PPTP)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:329 msgid "Access settings" msgstr "Impostazioni di accesso" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:333 en/drakconnect.xml:678 msgid "Account Login (user name)" msgstr "Login dell'account (nome utente)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:337 en/drakconnect.xml:414 en/drakconnect.xml:682 msgid "Account password" msgstr "Password dell'account" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:341 msgid "(Advanced) Virtual Path ID (VPI)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:345 msgid "(Advanced) Virtual Circuit ID (VCI)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:289 en/drakconnect.xml:359 en/drakconnect.xml:646 msgid "<placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakconnect.xml:357 msgid "A new ISDN connection" msgstr "Una nuova connessione ISDN" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:361 en/drakconnect.xml:706 msgid "The wizard asks which device to configure:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:365 msgid "Manual choice (internal ISDN card)" msgstr "Scelta manuale (scheda ISDN interna)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:369 msgid "External ISDN modem" msgstr "Modem ISDN esterno" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:375 msgid "" "A list of hardware is proposed, classified by category and manufacturer. " "Select your card." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:384 msgid "Protocol for the rest of the world, except Europe (DHCP)" msgstr "Protocollo per il resto del mondo, eccetto Europa (DHCP)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:389 msgid "Protocol for Europe (EDSS1)" msgstr "Protocollo per l'Europa (EDSS1)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:395 msgid "" "A list of providers is then offered, classified by countries. Select your " "provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</" "guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave you. Then it is " "asked for parameters:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:402 msgid "Connection name" msgstr "Nome connessione" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:406 msgid "Phone number" msgstr "Numero telefonico" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:410 msgid "Login ID" msgstr "ID di accesso" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:418 msgid "Authentication method" msgstr "Metodo autenticazione" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:424 msgid "" "After that, you have to select if you get the IP address by automatic or " "manual method. In the last case, specify IP address and Subnet mask." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:430 msgid "" "The next step is to choose how DNS servers address are obtained, by " "automatic or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to " "put:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:436 msgid "Domain name" msgstr "Nome dominio" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:440 msgid "First and second DNS Server" msgstr "Primo e secondo DNS Server" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:444 msgid "" "Select if the hostname is set from IP. This option is to select only if you " "are sure that your provider is configured to accept it." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:452 msgid "" "The next step is to choose how the gateway address is obtained, by automatic " "or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to enter the " "IP address." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakconnect.xml:464 msgid "A new Wireless connection (WiFi)" msgstr "Una nuova connessione Wireless (WiFi)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:468 msgid "" "A first window lists the interfaces which are available and an entry for " "Windows driver (ndiswrapper). Select the one to configure. Use ndiswrapper " "only if the other configuration methods did not work." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:475 msgid "" "At this step, the choice is given between the different access points that " "the card has detected." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:480 msgid "Specific parameter for the wireless card are to provide:" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect.xml:484 msgid "drakconnect31.png" msgstr "drakconnect31.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:490 msgid "Operating mode:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: en/drakconnect.xml:494 msgid "Managed" msgstr "Con access point (Managed)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:497 msgid "To access to an existing access point (the most frequent)." msgstr "Per accedere ad un punto di accesso esistente (il più frequente)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: en/drakconnect.xml:503 msgid "Ad-Hoc" msgstr "Ad-Hoc" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:506 msgid "To configure direct connection between computers." msgstr "Per configurare una connessione diretta fra computers." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:514 msgid "Network Name (ESSID)" msgstr "Nome del network (ESSID)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:518 msgid "Encryption mode: it depends of how the access point is configured." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: en/drakconnect.xml:523 msgid "WPA/WPA2" msgstr "WPA/WPA2" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:526 msgid "This encryption mode is to prefer if your hardware allows it." msgstr "" "Questa modalità di crittografia è da preferire se il tuo hardware te lo " "consente." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: en/drakconnect.xml:532 msgid "WEP" msgstr "WEP" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:535 msgid "Some old hardware deals only this encryption method." msgstr "" "Alcuni vecchi hardware funzionano solo con questo metodo di crittografia." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:543 msgid "Encryption key" msgstr "Chiave di cifratura" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:545 msgid "It is generally provided with the hardware which give the access point." msgstr "E' solitamente fornito con l'hardware che da il punto di accesso." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:552 msgid "" "At this step, the choice is given between an automatic IP address or a " "manual IP address." msgstr "" "A questo punto la scelta è tra un indirzzo IP automatico oppure un indirizzo " "IP manuale." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:561 msgid "" "<emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers are " "declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained below. " "In the last case, IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The HOSTNAME of " "the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, the name " "localhost.localdomain is attributed by default. The Hostname can also be " "provided by the DHCP server with the option <emphasis>Assign host name from " "DHCP server</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:589 msgid "Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS servers" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:608 msgid "" "After accepting the configuration the step, which is common to all " "connection configurations, is explained: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:619 msgid "" "<emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to declare DNS servers. The " "HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, " "the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:625 msgid "" "For a residential network, the IP address always looks like " "<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is <emphasis>255.255.255.0</" "emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are available from your providers " "website." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:630 msgid "" "In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</" "emphasis>. It must seem to your hostname without the first name, before the " "period." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakconnect.xml:644 msgid "A new GPRS/Edge/3G connection" msgstr "Una nuova connessione GPRS/Edge/3G" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:648 msgid "" "If the tool detects wireless interfaces, it offers to select one and to " "configure it." msgstr "" "Se lo strumento trova un'interfaccia wireless, da l'oppurtinità di " "selezionarne una e di configurarla." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:653 msgid "The PIN is asked. Leave empty if the PIN is not required." msgstr "Il pin è richiesto. Lasciare vuoto se il PIN non è necessario." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:658 msgid "" "The wizard asks for network. If it is not detected, select the option " "<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:670 msgid "Provide access settings" msgstr "Fornire impostazioni di accesso" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:674 msgid "Access Point Name" msgstr "Nome dell'access point" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakconnect.xml:694 msgid "A new Bluetooth Dial-Up Networking connection" msgstr "Una nuova connessione Bluetooth Dial-UP Networking" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakconnect.xml:702 msgid "A new Analog telephone modem connection (POTS)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:710 msgid "Manual choice" msgstr "Scelta manuale" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:714 msgid "Detected hardware, if any." msgstr "Hardware identificato, se esistente." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:720 msgid "A list of ports is proposed. Select your port." msgstr "Una lista di porte è proposta. Seleziona la tua." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:724 msgid "" "If not yet installed, it will be suggested that you install the package " "<emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:729 msgid "" "A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries. Select your " "provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</" "guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave. Then it is asked " "for Dialup options:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:736 msgid "<emphasis>Connection name</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis>Nome della connessione</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:740 msgid "<emphasis>Phone number</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis>Numero di telefono</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:744 msgid "<emphasis>Login ID</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis>ID di accesso</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:748 msgid "<emphasis>Password</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis>Password</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:752 msgid "<emphasis>Authentication</emphasis>, choose between:" msgstr "<emphasis>Autenticazione</emphasis>, scegli tra:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:756 msgid "PAP/CHAP" msgstr "PAP/CHAP" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:760 msgid "Script-based" msgstr "Basata su script" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:764 msgid "PAP" msgstr "PAP" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:768 msgid "Terminal-based" msgstr "Basata su terminale" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:772 msgid "CHAP" msgstr "CHAP" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakconnect.xml:786 msgid "Ending the configuration" msgstr "Concludendo la configurazione" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:788 msgid "In the next step, you can specify:" msgstr "Nel prossimo step puoi specificare:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:792 msgid "<emphasis>Allow users to manage the connection</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis>Permetti agli utenti di gestire la connessione</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:796 msgid "<emphasis>Start the connection at boot</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis>Avviare la connessione al boot</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:800 msgid "<emphasis>Enable traffic accounting</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:804 msgid "" "<emphasis>Allow interface to be controlled by Network Manager</emphasis>" msgstr "" "<emphasis>Permetti all'interfaccia di essere controllata da Network Manager</" "emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:809 msgid "" "In the case of a wireless connection, a supplemental box is <emphasis>Allow " "access point roaming</emphasis> which give the possibility to switch " "automatically between access point according to the signal strength." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:816 msgid "With the advanced button, you can specify:" msgstr "Con il pulsante avanzate puoi specificare:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:820 msgid "Metric (10 by default)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:824 msgid "MTU" msgstr "MTU" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:828 msgid "Network Hotplugging" msgstr "Collegamento a caldo della rete" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:832 msgid "Enable IPv6 to IPv4 tunnel" msgstr "Attiva istradamento IPV6 su IPV4" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:836 msgid "" "The last step allows you to specify if the connection is to start " "immediately or not." msgstr "" "L'ultimo step ti permetterà di specificare se avviare la connessione " "immediatamente oppure no." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect.xml:841 msgid "drakconnect9.png" msgstr "drakconnect9.png" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakconsole.xml:3 msgid "Open a console as administrator" msgstr "Apri una console come amministratore" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/drakconsole.xml:5 msgid "drakconsole" msgstr "drakconsole" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconsole.xml:10 msgid "drakconsole.png" msgstr "drakconsole.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakconsole.xml:15 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" "\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" "Puoi avviare questo strumento dalla linea di comando digitando come root: " "<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakconsole.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> gives you access to a " "console which is directly opened as root. We do not think that you need more " "information about that." msgstr "" "Questo strumento<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ti permette di " "accedere alla console che viene automaticamente aperta come root. Non " "pensiamo che tu debba sapere altro al riguardo." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakdisk.xml:5 msgid "Manage disk partitions" msgstr "Gestisci le partizioni del disco" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/drakdisk.xml:7 msgid "drakdisk or diskdrake" msgstr "drakdisk o diskdrake" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakdisk.xml:12 msgid "drakdiskBackup.png" msgstr "drakdiskBackup.png" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakdisk.xml:18 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" "\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis> " "as root." msgstr "" "Puoi avviare questo strumento dalla linea di comando digitando come root: " "<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold" "\">diskdrake</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/drakdisk.xml:17 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is very powerful, a tiny " "error or a cat jumping on your keyboard can lead to losing all data on a " "partition or even to erasing the entire hard disk. For that reason, you'll " "see the screen above on top of the tool screen. Click on <emphasis>Exit</" "emphasis> if you're not sure you want to continue." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakdisk.xml:27 msgid "" "If you have more than one hard disk, you can switch to the hard disk you " "want to work on by selecting the correct tab (sda, sdb, sdc etc)." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakdisk.xml:32 msgid "drakdisk.png" msgstr "drakdisk.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakdisk.xml:36 msgid "" "You can choose from many actions to adjust your hard disk to your " "preferences. Wiping an entire hard disk, splitting or merging partitions, " "resizing them or changing the filesystem, formatting or viewing what is in a " "partition: it is all possible. The <emphasis><guibutton>Clear all</" "guibutton></emphasis> button at the bottom is to erase the complete disk, " "the other buttons become visible on the right after you click on a partition." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/drakdisk.xml:47 msgid "" "If you have an UEFI system, you can see a small partition called \"EFI " "System Partition\" and mounted on /boot/EFI. Never delete it, because it " "contains all your different operating systems bootloaders." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakdisk.xml:52 msgid "" "If the selected partition is mounted, like in the example below, you cannot " "choose to resize, format or delete it. To be able to do that the partition " "must be unmounted first." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakdisk.xml:56 msgid "It is only possible to resize a partition on its right side" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakdisk.xml:58 msgid "" "To change a partition type (change ext3 to ext4 for example) you have to " "delete the partition and then re-create it with the new type. The button " "<guibutton role=\"bold\">Create</guibutton> appears when a disk empty part " "is selected" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakdisk.xml:63 msgid "You can choose a mount point that doesn't exist, it will be created." msgstr "Puoi scegliere un punto di mount inesistente, verrà creato." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakdisk.xml:68 msgid "drakdiskMountedPartition.png" msgstr "drakdiskMountedPartition.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakdisk.xml:72 msgid "" "Selecting <emphasis><guibutton>Toggle to expert mode</guibutton></emphasis> " "gives some extra available actions, like labeling the partition, as can be " "seen in the screenshot below." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakdisk.xml:78 msgid "drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png" msgstr "drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakedm.xml:4 msgid "Set up display manager" msgstr "Imposta il gestore grafico delle sessioni" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/drakedm.xml:5 msgid "drakedm" msgstr "drakedm" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakedm.xml:9 msgid "drakedm.png" msgstr "drakedm.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakedm.xml:12 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" "\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakedm.xml:12 msgid "" "Here<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> you can choose which display " "manager to use to log into your desktop environment. Only the ones available " "on your system will be shown." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakedm.xml:17 msgid "" "Most users will only notice that the provided login screens look different. " "However, there are differences in supported features, too. LXDM is a " "lightweight display manager, SDDM and GDM have more extras." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:3 msgid "Set up your personal firewall" msgstr "Configura il tuo firewall personale" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:5 msgid "drakfirewall" msgstr "drakfirewall" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:10 msgid "drakfirewall.png" msgstr "drakfirewall.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:15 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" "\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the " "Security tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set up your personal " "firewall\". It is the same tool in the first tab of \"Configure system " "security, permissions and audit\"." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:20 msgid "" "A basic firewall is installed by default with Mageia. All the incoming " "connections from the outside are blocked if they aren't authorised. In the " "first screen above, you can select the services for which outside connection " "attempts are accepted. For your security, uncheck the first box - " "<guilabel>Everything (no firewall)</guilabel> - unless you want to disable " "the firewall, and only check the needed services." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:27 msgid "" "It is possible to manually enter the port numbers to open. Click on " "<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and a new window is opened. In the field " "<guilabel>Other ports</guilabel>, enter the needed ports following these " "examples :" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:32 msgid "80/tcp : open the port 80 tcp protocol" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:34 msgid "24000:24010/udp : open all the ports from 24000 to 24010 udp protocol" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:37 msgid "The listed ports should be separated by a space." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:39 msgid "" "If the box <guilabel>Log firewall messages in system logs</guilabel> is " "checked, the firewall messages will be saved in system logs" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:44 msgid "drakfirewall2.png" msgstr "drakfirewall2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:49 msgid "" "If you don't host specific services (web or mail server, file sharing, ...) " "it is completely possible to have nothing checked at all, it is even " "recommended, it won't prevent you from connecting to the internet." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:55 msgid "" "The next screen deals with the Interactive Firewall options. These feature " "allow you to be warned of connection attempts if at least the first box " "<guilabel>Use Interactive Firewall </guilabel>is checked. Check the second " "box to be warned if the ports are scanned (in order to find a failure " "somewhere and enter your machine). Each box from the third one onwards " "corresponds to a port you opened in the two first screens; in the screenshot " "below, there are two such boxes: SSH server and 80:150/tcp. Check them to be " "warned each time a connection is attempted on those ports." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:64 msgid "These warning are given by alert popups through the network applet." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:69 msgid "drakfirewall3.png" msgstr "drakfirewall3.png" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:75 msgid "drakfirewall4.png" msgstr "drakfirewall4.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:79 msgid "" "In the last screen, choose which network interfaces are connected to the " "Internet and must be protected. Once the OK button is clicked, the necessary " "packages are downloaded." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:84 msgid "" "If you don't know what to choose, have a look in MCC tab Network & " "Internet, icon Set up a new network interface." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakfont.xml:3 msgid "Manage, add and remove fonts. Import Windows(TM) fonts" msgstr "Gestisci tipi di caratteri. Importa tipi di caratteri da Windows (TM)" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/drakfont.xml:6 msgid "drakfont" msgstr "drakfont" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakfont.xml:11 msgid "drakfont.png" msgstr "drakfont.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:16 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" "\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:15 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia " "Control Center under the <emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab. It " "allows you to manage the fonts available on the computer. The main screen " "above shows:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:22 msgid "the installed font names, styles and sizes." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:26 msgid "a preview of the selected font." msgstr "un'anteprima del font selezionato." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:30 msgid "some buttons explained here later." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:36 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Get Windows Fonts: </emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:38 msgid "" "This button automatically adds the fonts found on the Windows partition. You " "must have Microsoft Windows installed." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:41 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Options:</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Opzioni:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:43 msgid "" "It allows you to specify the applications or devices (printers mostly) able " "to use the fonts." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:46 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Uninstall:</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Disinstalla:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:48 msgid "" "This button is to remove installed fonts and possibly save some place. Be " "careful when removing fonts because it may have serious consequences on the " "documents that use them." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:52 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import:</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Importa:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:54 msgid "" "Allows you to add fonts from a third party (CD, internet, ...). The " "supported formats are ttf, pfa, pfb, pcf, pfm and gsf. Click on the " "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import</emphasis> button and then on <emphasis role=" "\"bold\">Add</emphasis>, a file manager pops up where you can select the " "fonts to install, click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Install</emphasis> when " "done. They are installed in the folder /usr/share/fonts." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:60 msgid "" "If the newly installed (or removed) fonts doesn't appear in the Drakfont " "main screen, close and re open it to see the modifications." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakguard.xml:3 msgid "Parental Controls" msgstr "Filtri per la famiglia" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/drakguard.xml:5 msgid "drakguard" msgstr "drakguard" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakguard.xml:10 msgid "drakguard.png" msgstr "drakguard.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:15 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" "\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia " "Control Center, under the Security tab, labelled <guilabel>Parental Control</" "guilabel>. If you don't see this label, you have to install the drakguard " "package (not installed by default)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakguard.xml:21 en/msecgui.xml:19 msgid "Presentation" msgstr "Presentazione" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:23 msgid "" "Drakguard is an easy way to set up parental controls on your computer to " "restrict who can do what, and at which times of day. Drakguard has three " "useful capabilities:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:29 msgid "" "It restricts web access to named users to set times of day. It does this by " "controlling the shorewall firewall built into Mageia." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:35 msgid "" "It blocks execution of particular commands by named users so these users can " "only execute what you accept them to execute." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:40 msgid "" "It restricts access to websites, both manually defined through blacklists/" "whitelists, but also dynamically based on the content of the website. To " "achieve this Drakguard uses the leading opensource parental control blocker " "DansGuardian." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakguard.xml:49 msgid "Configuring Parental controls" msgstr "Configurando il Parental control" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><warning><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:52 msgid "" "If your computer contains hard drive partitions that are formatted in Ext2, " "Ext3, or ReiserFS format you will see a pop up offering to configure ACL on " "your partitions. ACL stands for Access Control Lists, and is a Linux kernel " "feature that allows access to individual files to be restricted to named " "users. ACL is built into Ext4 and Btrfs file systems, but must be enabled by " "an option in Ext2, Ext3, or Reiserfs partitions. If you select 'Yes' to this " "prompt drakguard will configure all your partitions to support ACL, and will " "then suggest you reboot." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:61 msgid "" "<guibutton>Enable parental control</guibutton>: If checked, the parental " "control is enabled and the access to <guilabel>Block programs</guilabel> tab " "is opened." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:65 msgid "" "<guibutton>Block all network traffic</guibutton>: If checked, all the " "websites are blocked, except the ones in the whitelist tab. Otherwise, all " "the websites are allowed, except the ones in the blacklist tab." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:69 msgid "" "<guibutton>User access</guibutton>: Users on the left hand side will have " "their access restricted according to the rules you define. Users on the " "right hand side have unrestricted access so adult users of the computer are " "not inconvenienced. Select a user in the left hand side and click on " "<guibutton>Add</guibutton> to add him/her as an allowed user. Select an " "user in the right hand side and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to " "remove him/her from the allowed users." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:77 msgid "" "<guibutton>Time control:</guibutton> If checked, internet access is allowed " "with restrictions between the <guilabel>Start</guilabel> time and " "<guilabel>End</guilabel> time. It is totally blocked outside these time " "window." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/drakguard.xml:83 msgid "Blacklist/Whitelist tab" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:85 msgid "" "Enter the website URL in the first field at the top and click on the " "<guibutton>Add</guibutton> button." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/drakguard.xml:90 msgid "Block Programs Tab" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:92 msgid "" "<guibutton>Block Defined Applications</guibutton>: Enables the use of ACL to " "restrict access to specific applications. Insert the path to the " "applications you wish to block." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:96 msgid "" "<guibutton>Unblock Users list</guibutton>: Users listed on the right hand " "side will not be subject to acl blocking." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakgw.xml:9 msgid "Share the Internet connection with other local machines" msgstr "Condividi la connessione Internet con altre macchine locali" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/drakgw.xml:12 msgid "drakgw" msgstr "drakgw" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakgw.xml:17 msgid "drakgw.png" msgstr "drakgw.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakgw.xml:25 msgid "Principles" msgstr "Principi" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakgw.xml:29 msgid "../drakgw-net.png" msgstr "../drakgw-net.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:27 msgid "" "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>This is useful when you have a " "computer (3) which has Internet (2) access and is connected also to a local " "network (1). You can use computer (3) as a gateway to give that access to " "other workstations (5) and (6) in the local network (1). For this, the " "gateway must have two interfaces; the first one such as an ethernet card " "must be connected to the local network, and the second one (4) connected to " "the Internet (2)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:39 msgid "" "The first step is to verify that the network and the access to Internet are " "set up, as documented in <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakgw.xml:45 msgid "Gateway wizard" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:48 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" "\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:47 msgid "" "The wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> offers successive steps " "which are shown below:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:54 msgid "" "If the wizard does not detect at least two interfaces, it warns about this " "and asks to stop the network and configure the hardware." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:60 msgid "" "specify the interface used for the Internet connection. The wizard " "automatically suggests one of the interfaces, but you should verify that " "what is proposed is correct." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:66 msgid "" "specify which interface is used for the Lan access. The wizard also proposes " "one, check that this is correct." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:71 msgid "" "The wizard proposes parameters for the Lan network, such as IP address, mask " "and domain name. Check that these parameters are compatible with the actual " "configuration. It is recommended that you accept these values." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:78 msgid "" "specify if the computer has to be used as a DNS server. If yes, the wizard " "will check that <code>bind</code> is installed. Otherwise, you have to " "specify the address of a DNS server." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:84 msgid "" "specify if the computer is to be used as a DHCP server. If yes, the wizard " "will check that <code>dhcp-server</code> is installed and offer to configure " "it, with start and end addresses in the DHCP range." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:91 msgid "" "specify if the computer is to be used as a proxy server. If yes, the wizard " "will check that <code>squid</code> is installed and offer to configure it, " "with the address of the administrator (admin@mydomain.com), name of the " "proxy (myfirewall@mydomaincom), the port (3128) and the cache size (100 Mb)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:99 msgid "" "The last step allows you to check if the gateway machine is connected to " "printers and to share them." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:104 msgid "" "You will be warned about the need to check the firewall if it is active." msgstr "" "Verrai avvisato sulla necessità di controllare se il firewall è attivo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakgw.xml:109 msgid "Configure the client" msgstr "Configura il client" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:111 msgid "" "If you have configured the gateway machine with DHCP, you only need to " "specify in the network configuration tool that you get an address " "automatically (using DHCP). The parameters will be obtained when connecting " "to the network. This method is valid whatever operating system the client is " "using." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:117 msgid "" "If you must manually specify the network parameters, you must in particular " "specify the gateway by entering the IP-address of the machine acting as the " "gateway." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakgw.xml:123 msgid "Stop connection sharing" msgstr "Ferma la condivisione di connessione" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:125 msgid "" "If you want to stop sharing the connection on the Mageia computer, launch " "the tool. It will offer to reconfigure the connection or to stop the sharing." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakhosts.xml:3 msgid "Hosts definitions" msgstr "Descrizioni degli host" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/drakhosts.xml:5 msgid "drakhosts" msgstr "drakhosts" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakhosts.xml:10 msgid "drakhosts.png" msgstr "drakhosts.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakhosts.xml:16 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" "\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" "Puoi avviare questo strumento dalla linea di comando digitando <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> come root: " #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakhosts.xml:14 msgid "" "If some systems on your network grant you services, and have fixed IP-" "addresses, this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to " "specify a name to access them more easily. Then you can use that name " "instead of the IP-address." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakhosts.xml:20 msgid "<guibutton>Add</guibutton>" msgstr "<guibutton>Aggiungi</guibutton>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakhosts.xml:22 msgid "" "With this button, you add the name for a new system. You will get a window " "to specify the IP-address, the host name for the system, and optionally an " "alias which can be used in the same way that the name is." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakhosts.xml:27 msgid "<guibutton>Modify</guibutton>" msgstr "<guibutton>Modifica</guibutton>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakhosts.xml:29 msgid "" "You can access the parameters of an entry previously defined. You get the " "same window." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakinvictus.xml:3 msgid "Advanced setup for network interfaces and firewall" msgstr "Impostazioni avanzate per le interfacce di rete ed il firewall" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/drakinvictus.xml:3 msgid "drakinvictus" msgstr "drakinvictus" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakinvictus.xml:8 msgid "drakinvictus.png" msgstr "drakinvictus.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakinvictus.xml:12 en/draknetcenter.xml:187 en/draknetprofile.xml:12 #: en/drakups.xml:12 en/drakwizard_bind.xml:12 en/drakxservices.xml:12 msgid "" "This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you " "can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" "en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc team.</link> Thanking you in advance." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakinvictus.xml:15 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" "\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:10 msgid "Network Center" msgstr "Rete e Internet" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:12 msgid "draknetcenter" msgstr "draknetcenter" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:17 msgid "draknetcenter.png" msgstr "draknetcenter.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:22 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" "\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:21 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the " "Network & Internet tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Network " "Center\"" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:31 msgid "" "When this tool is launched, a window opens listing all the networks " "configured on the computer, whatever their type (wired, wireless, satellite, " "etc.). When clicking on one of them, three or four buttons appear, depending " "on the network type, to allow you to look after the network, change its " "settings or connect/disconnect. This tool isn't intended to create a " "network, for this see <guilabel>Set up a new network interface (LAN, ISDN, " "ADSL, ...)</guilabel> in the same MCC tab." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:43 msgid "../draknetcenterEthernet-on.png" msgstr "../draknetcenterEthernet-on.png" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:47 msgid "../draknetcenterEthernet-off.png" msgstr "../draknetcenterEthernet-off.png" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:52 msgid "../draknetcenterWireless-off.png" msgstr "../draknetcenterWireless-off.png" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:56 msgid "../draknetcenterWireless-on.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:39 msgid "" "In the screenshot below, given as example, we can see two networks, the " "first one is wired and connected, recognizable by this icon <placeholder " "type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (this one is not connected<placeholder " "type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> ) and the second section shows " "wireless networks, not connected recognizable by this icon <placeholder type=" "\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/> and this one <placeholder type=" "\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/>if connected. For the other network types, " "the colour code is always the same, green if connected and red if not " "connected." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:62 msgid "" "In the wireless part of the screen, you can also see all the detected " "networks, with the <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, the <guilabel>Signal strengh</" "guilabel>, if they are encrypted (in red) or not (in green), and the " "<guilabel>Operating mode</guilabel>. Click on the chosen one and then either " "on <guibutton>Monitor</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> or " "<guibutton>Connect</guibutton>. It is possible here to go from a network to " "another one. If a private network is selected, the Network Settings window " "(see below) will open and ask you for extra settings ( an encryption key in " "particular)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:72 msgid "Click on <guibutton>Refresh</guibutton> to update the screen." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:76 msgid "draknetcenter1.png" msgstr "draknetcenter1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:84 msgid "The Monitor button" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:88 msgid "draknetcenter4.png" msgstr "draknetcenter4.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:92 msgid "" "This button allows you to watch the network activity, downloads (toward the " "PC, in red) and uploads (toward the Internet, in green). The same screen is " "available by right clicking on the <guimenu>Internet icon in the system tray " "-> Monitor Network</guimenu>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:97 msgid "" "There is a tab for each network (here eth0 is the wired network, lo the " "local loopback and wlan0 the wireless network) and a tab connection which " "gives details about connection status." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:102 msgid "" "At the bottom of the window is a title <guilabel>Traffic accounting</" "guilabel>, we will look at that in the next section." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:108 msgid "The Configure button" msgstr "Il pulsante Configura" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:110 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">A - For a wired network</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">A - Per una rete cablata</emphasis>" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:114 msgid "draknetcenter2.png" msgstr "draknetcenter2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:118 msgid "" "It is possible to change all the settings given during network creation. " "Most of the time, checking <guibutton>Automatic IP</guibutton> " "<guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> will do, but in case of problems, manual " "configuration may give better results." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:123 msgid "" "For a residential network, the <guilabel>IP address</guilabel> always looks " "like 192.168.0.x, <guilabel>Netmask</guilabel> is 255.255.255.0, and the " "<guilabel>Gateway</guilabel> and <guilabel>DNS servers</guilabel> are " "available from your providers website." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:128 msgid "" "<guibutton>Enable traffic accounting</guibutton> if checked this will count " "the traffic on a hourly, daily or monthly basis. The results are visible in " "the Network monitor detailed in the previous section. Once enabled, you may " "have to reconnect to the network." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:133 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow interface to be controlled by Network Manager:" "</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:140 en/draknetcenter.xml:185 msgid "<guibutton>The button Advanced:</guibutton>" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:148 msgid "draknetcenter5.png" msgstr "draknetcenter5.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:152 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">B - For a wireless network</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:154 msgid "Only the items not already seen above are explained." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:158 msgid "draknetcenter3.png" msgstr "draknetcenter3.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:162 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Operating mode:</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Modalità operativa:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:164 msgid "" "Select <guilabel>Managed</guilabel> if the connection is via an access " "point, there is an <emphasis role=\"bold\">ESSID</emphasis> detected. " "Select <guilabel>Ad-hoc</guilabel> if it is a peer to peer network. Select " "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Master</emphasis> if your network card is used as " "the access point, your network card needs to support this mode." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:170 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Encryption mode and Encryption key:</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:173 msgid "If it is a private network, you need to know these settings." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:175 msgid "" "<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> uses a password and is weaker than WPA which uses a " "passphrase. <guilabel>WPA Pre-Shared Key</guilabel> is also called WPA " "personal or WPA home. <guilabel>WPA Enterprise</guilabel> is not often used " "in private networks." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:180 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow access point roaming</emphasis>:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:182 msgid "" "Roaming is a technology which enables allows computer to change its access " "point while remaining connected to the network." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:193 msgid "draknetcenter6.png" msgstr "draknetcenter6.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:201 msgid "The Advanced Settings button" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:209 msgid "draknetcenter7.png" msgstr "draknetcenter7.png" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/draknetprofile.xml:3 msgid "Manage different network profiles" msgstr "Gestisci i diversi profili di rete" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/draknetprofile.xml:3 msgid "draknetprofile" msgstr "draknetprofile" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetprofile.xml:8 msgid "draknetprofile.png" msgstr "draknetprofile.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draknetprofile.xml:15 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" "\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/draknfs.xml:9 msgid "Share drives and directories using NFS" msgstr "Condividi dischi e cartelle tramite NFS" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/draknfs.xml:11 msgid "draknfs" msgstr "draknfs" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknfs.xml:16 msgid "draknfs.png" msgstr "draknfs.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/draknfs.xml:24 msgid "Prerequisites" msgstr "Prerequisiti" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:27 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" "\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:26 msgid "" "When the wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is launched for the " "first time, it may display the following message:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:33 msgid "The package nfs-utils needs to be installed. Do you want to install it?" msgstr "" "Il pacchetto nfs-utils necessita di essere installato. Desideri installarlo?" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:37 msgid "" "After completing the installation, a window with an empty list is displayed." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/draknfs.xml:42 msgid "Main window" msgstr "Finestra principale" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:44 msgid "" "A list of directories which are shared is displayed. At this step, the list " "is empty. The <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button gives access to a " "configuration tool." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/draknfs.xml:50 msgid "Modify entry" msgstr "Modifica voce" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:52 msgid "" "The configuration tool is labeled \"Modify entry\". It may be also launched " "with the <guibutton>Modify</guibutton> button. The following parameters are " "available." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknfs.xml:58 msgid "draknfs4.png" msgstr "draknfs4.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/draknfs.xml:64 msgid "NFS Directory" msgstr "Directory NFS" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:66 msgid "" "Here you can specify which directory is to be shared. The " "<guibutton>Directory</guibutton> button gives access to a browser to choose " "it." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/draknfs.xml:72 msgid "Host access" msgstr "Accesso host" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:74 msgid "" "Here you can specify the hosts that are authorized to access the shared " "directory." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:77 msgid "NFS clients may be specified in a number of ways:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:79 msgid "" "<emphasis>single host</emphasis>: a host either by an abbreviated name " "recognized be the resolver, fully qualified domain name, or an IP address" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:83 msgid "<emphasis>netgroups</emphasis>: NIS netgroups may be given as @group." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:86 msgid "" "<emphasis>wildcards</emphasis>: machine names may contain the wildcard " "characters * and ?. For instance: *.cs.foo.edu matches all hosts in the " "domain cs.foo.edu." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:90 msgid "" "<emphasis>IP networks</emphasis>: you can also export directories to all " "hosts on an IP (sub-)network simultaneously. For example, either " "`/255.255.252.0' or `/22' appended to the network base address." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/draknfs.xml:96 msgid "User ID Mapping" msgstr "Mappatura ID utente" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:98 msgid "" "<emphasis>map root user as anonymous</emphasis>: maps requests from uid/gid " "0 to the anonymous uid/gid (root_squash). The root user from the client " "cannot read or write to the files on the server which are created by root on " "the server itself." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:103 msgid "" "<emphasis>allow real remote root access</emphasis>: turn off root squashing. " "This option is mainly useful for diskless clients (no_root_squash)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:107 msgid "" "<emphasis>map all users to anonymous user</emphasis>: maps all uids and gids " "to the anonymous user (all_squash). Useful for NFS-exported public FTP " "directories, news spool directories, etc. The opposite option is no user UID " "mapping (no_all_squash), which is the default setting." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:113 msgid "" "<emphasis>anonuid and anongid</emphasis>: explicitly set the uid and gid of " "the anonymous account." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/draknfs.xml:118 msgid "Advanced options" msgstr "Opzioni avanzate" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:120 msgid "" "<emphasis>Secured Connection</emphasis>: this option requires that requests " "originate on an internet port less than IPPORT_RESERVED (1024). This option " "is on by default." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:124 msgid "" "<emphasis>Read-Only share</emphasis>: allow either only read or both read " "and write requests on this NFS volume. The default is to disallow any " "request which changes the filesystem. This can also be made explicit by " "using this option." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:129 msgid "" "<emphasis>Synchronous access</emphasis>: prevents the NFS server from " "violating the NFS protocol and to reply to requests before any changes made " "by these requests have been committed to stable storage (e.g. disc drive)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:134 msgid "" "<emphasis>Subtree checking</emphasis>: enable subtree checking which can " "help improve security in some cases, but can decrease reliability. See " "exports(5) man page for more details." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/draknfs.xml:141 en/draksambashare.xml:201 msgid "Menu entries" msgstr "Voci del menù" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:143 msgid "So far the list has at least one entry." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknfs.xml:147 msgid "draknfs5.png" msgstr "draknfs5.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title> #: en/draknfs.xml:153 en/draksambashare.xml:207 msgid "File|Write conf" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:155 msgid "Save the current configuration." msgstr "Salva la configurazione corrente." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/draknfs.xml:159 msgid "NFS Server|Restart" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:161 en/draksambashare.xml:222 msgid "" "The server is stopped and restarted with the current configuration files." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/draknfs.xml:166 msgid "NFS Server|Reload" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:168 en/draksambashare.xml:229 msgid "" "The configuration displayed is reloaded from the current configuration files." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakproxy.xml:10 msgid "Proxy" msgstr "Proxy" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/drakproxy.xml:12 msgid "drakproxy" msgstr "drakproxy" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakproxy.xml:17 msgid "drakproxy.png" msgstr "drakproxy.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakproxy.xml:24 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" "\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakproxy.xml:22 msgid "" "If you have to use a proxy server to access to the internet, you can use " "this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> to configure it. Your net " "administrator will give you the information you need. You can also specify " "some services which can be accessed without the proxy by exception." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakproxy.xml:30 msgid "" "From Wikipedia, on 2012-09-24, article Proxy server: In computer networks, a " "proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application) that acts as " "an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other " "servers. A client connects to the proxy server, requesting some service, " "such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a " "different server. The proxy server evaluates the request as a way to " "simplify and control their complexity." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:3 msgid "Configure Media" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:5 msgid "drakrpm-edit-media" msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:17 msgid "drakrpm-edit-media.png" msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><important><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:22 msgid "" "First thing to do after an install is to add software sources (also known as " "repositories, media, mirrors). That means you must select the media sources " "to be used to install and update packages and applications. (see Add button " "below)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:27 msgid "" "If you install (or upgrade) Mageia using an optical media (DVD or CD) or a " "USB device, there will be a software source configured to the optical media " "used. To avoid being asked to insert the media when you install new " "packages, you should disable (or delete) this media. (It will have the " "media type CD-Rom)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:33 msgid "" "Your system is running under an architecture which may be 32-bit (called " "i586), or 64-bit (called x86_64). Some packages are independent of whether " "your system is 32-bit or 64-bit; these are called noarch packages. They " "don't have their own noarch directories on the mirrors, but are all in both " "the i586 and the x86_64 media." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:42 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" "\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:40 msgid "" "This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">Software management.</emphasis><placeholder type=\"footnote\" " "id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:46 msgid "The columns" msgstr "Le colonne" #. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:48 msgid "Column Enable:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:50 msgid "" "The checked media will be used to install new packages. Be cautious with " "some media such as Testing and Debug, they could make your system unusable." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:54 msgid "Column Update:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:56 msgid "" "The checked media will be used to update packages, it must be enabled. Only " "media with \"Update\" in its name should be selected. For security reasons, " "this column isn't modifiable in this tool, you must open a console as root " "and type <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media --expert.</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:62 msgid "Column medium:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:64 msgid "" "Display the medium name. Mageia official repositories for final release " "versions contain at least:" msgstr "" "Mostra il nome del media. I repository ufficiali di Mageia per la versione " "finale contengono almeno:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:69 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis> which contains most programs " "available supported by Mageia." msgstr "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis> che contiene per la maggior parte " "programmi supportati da Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:74 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Nonfree</emphasis> which contains some programs " "which are not free" msgstr "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Nonfree</emphasis> che contiene alcuni software " "proprietari" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:79 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tainted</emphasis> free software for which there " "might be patent claims in some countries." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:82 msgid "Each medium has 4 sub-sections:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:86 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Release</emphasis> the packages as of the day the " "this version of Mageia was released." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:91 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Updates</emphasis> the packages updated since " "release due to security or bug concerns. Everyone should have this medium " "enabled, even with a very slow internet connection." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:97 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Backports</emphasis> some packages of new versions " "backported from Cauldron (the next version under development)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:103 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> which is used for temporary tests " "of new updates, to allow the bug reporters and the QA team to validate the " "corrections." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:111 msgid "The buttons on the right" msgstr "Il bottone sulla destra" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:114 msgid "<guibutton>Remove:</guibutton>" msgstr "<guibutton>Rimuovi:</guibutton>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:116 msgid "" "To remove a medium, click on it and then on this button. It is wise to " "remove the medium used for the installation (CD or DVD for example) since " "all the packages it contains are in the official Core release medium." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:121 msgid "<guibutton>Edit:</guibutton>" msgstr "<guibutton>Modifica:</guibutton>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:123 msgid "" "Allows you to modify the selected medium settings, (URL, downloader and " "proxy)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:126 msgid "<guibutton>Add:</guibutton>" msgstr "<guibutton>Aggiungi:</guibutton>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:128 msgid "" "Add the official repositories available on the Internet. These repositories " "contain only safe and well tested software. Clicking on the \"Add\" button " "adds the mirrorlist to your configuration, it is designed to make sure that " "you install and update from a mirror close to you. If you prefer to choose a " "specific mirror, then add it by choosing \"Add a specific media mirror\" " "from the drop-down \"File\" menu." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:135 msgid "<guibutton>Up and down arrows:</guibutton>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:137 msgid "" "Change the list order. When Drakrpm looks for a package, it reads the list " "in the displayed order and will install the first package found for the same " "release number - in the event of a version mismatch, the latest release will " "be installed. So if possible, put the fastest repositories at the top." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:145 en/harddrake2.xml:64 msgid "The menu" msgstr "Il menu" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:147 msgid "<guimenu>File -> Update:</guimenu>" msgstr "<guibutton>File -> Aggiorna:</guibutton>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:149 msgid "" "A window pops up with the media list. Select the ones you want to update and " "click on the <guibutton>Update</guibutton> button." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:152 msgid "<guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror:</guimenu>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:154 msgid "" "Suppose you aren't happy with the actual mirror, because for example it's " "too slow or often unavailable, you can choose another mirror. Select all the " "actual media and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to take them out. " "Click on <guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror</guimenu>, choose " "between update only or the full set (if you do not know, choose the " "<guibutton>Full set of sources</guibutton>) and accept the contact by " "clicking on <guibutton>Yes</guibutton>. This window opens:" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:165 msgid "drakrpmEditMedia2.png" msgstr "drakrpmEditMedia2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:169 msgid "" "You can see, on the left, a list of countries, choose yours or one very " "close by clicking on the > symbol, this will display all the available " "mirrors in that country. Select one and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:174 msgid "<guimenu>File -> Add a custom medium:</guimenu>" msgstr "<guimenu>File -> Aggiungi un media personalizzato:</guimenu>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:176 msgid "" "It is possible to install a new media (from a third party for example) that " "isn't supported by Mageia. A new window appears:" msgstr "" "E' possibile installare un nuovo media (da una terza fonte per esempio) che " "non è supportato da Mageia. Una nuova finestra apparirà:" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:181 msgid "rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png" msgstr "rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:179 msgid "" "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Select the medium type, find a " "smart name that well define the medium and give the URL (or the path, " "according to the medium type)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:187 msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Global options:</guimenu>" msgstr "<guimenu>Opzioni -> Opzioni globali:</guimenu>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:189 msgid "" "This item allows you to choose when to \"Verify RPMs to be installed" "\" (always or never), the download program (curl, wget or aria2) and to " "define the download policy for information about the packages (on demand -by " "default-, update only, always or never)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:194 msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Manage keys:</guimenu>" msgstr "<guimenu>Opzioni -> Gestisci chiavi:</guimenu>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:196 msgid "" "To guarantee a high level of security, digital keys are used to authenticate " "the media. It is possible for each medium to allow or disallow a key. In the " "window that appear, select a medium and then click on <guibutton>Add</" "guibutton> to allow a new key or to select a key and click on " "<guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to disallow that key." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><warning><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:203 msgid "Do this with care, as with all security-related questions" msgstr "" "Fai questo con cura, come faresti con tutte le domande relative alla " "sicurezza." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:204 msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Proxy:</guimenu>" msgstr "<guimenu>Opzioni -> Proxy:</guimenu>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:206 msgid "" "If you need to use a proxy server for internet access, you can configure it " "here. You only need to give the <guibutton>Proxy hostname</guibutton> and if " "necessary a <guilabel>Username</guilabel> and <guilabel>Password</guilabel>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:213 msgid "" "For more information about configuring the media, see <link ns2:href=" "\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management\">the Mageia Wiki page</" "link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/draksambashare.xml:10 msgid "Share directories and drives with Samba" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/draksambashare.xml:13 msgid "draksambashare" msgstr "draksambashare" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:18 msgid "draksambashare.png" msgstr "draksambashare.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:29 msgid "" "Samba is a protocol used in different Operating Systems to share some " "resources like directories or printers. This tool allows you to configure " "the machine as a Samba server using the protocol SMB/CIFS. This protocol is " "also used by Windows(R) and workstations with this OS can access the " "resources of the Samba server." msgstr "" "Samba è un protoccolo utilizzato in diversi sistemi operativi per " "condividere alcune risorse come directories o stampanti. Questo strumento ti " "permette di configurare la macchina come un server Samba usando il " "protocollo SMB/CIFS. Questo protocollo è anche usato da Windows(R) e le " "stazioni di lavoro con questo sistema operativo possono accedere alla " "risorse del derver Samba." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/draksambashare.xml:37 msgid "Preparation" msgstr "Preparazione" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:39 msgid "" "To be accessed from other workstations, the server has to have a fixed IP " "address. This can be specified directly on the server, for example with " "<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter-ti1\"/>, or at the DHCP server which " "identifies the station with its MAC-address and give it always the same " "address. The firewall has also to allow the incoming requests to the Samba " "server." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/draksambashare.xml:50 msgid "Wizard - Standalone server" msgstr "Procedura guidata - server autonomo" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:53 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing<emphasis role=\"bold" "\"> draksambashare</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:52 msgid "" "At the first run, the tools <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> checks " "if needed packages are installed and proposes to install them if they are " "not yet present. Then the wizard to configure the Samba server is launched." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:61 msgid "draksambashare0.png" msgstr "draksambashare0.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:67 msgid "" "In the next window the Standalone server configuration option is already " "selected." msgstr "" "Nella finestra successiva lìopzione di configuarazione del server autonomo è " "già selezionata." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:71 msgid "draksambashare1.png" msgstr "draksambashare1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:77 msgid "" "Then specify the name of the workgroup. This name should be the same for the " "access to the shared resources." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:80 msgid "" "The netbios name is the name which will be used to designate the server on " "the network." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:85 msgid "draksambashare2.png" msgstr "draksambashare2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:91 msgid "Choose the security mode:" msgstr "Scegliere la modalità di sicurezza:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:95 msgid "" "<guilabel>user</guilabel>: the client must be authorized to access the " "resource" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:100 msgid "" "<guilabel>share</guilabel>: the client authenticates itself separately for " "each share" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:105 msgid "" "You can specify which hosts are allowed to access the resources, with IP " "address or host name." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:110 msgid "draksambashare3.png" msgstr "draksambashare3.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:115 msgid "" "Specify the server banner. The banner is the way this server will be " "described in the Windows workstations." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:120 msgid "draksambashare4.png" msgstr "draksambashare4.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:126 msgid "" "The place where Samba can log information can be specified at the next step." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:131 msgid "draksambashare5.png" msgstr "draksambashare5.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:137 msgid "" "The wizard displays a list of the chosen parameters before you accept the " "configuration. When accepted, the configuration will be written in <code>/" "etc/samba/smb.conf</code>." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:143 msgid "draksambashare6.png" msgstr "draksambashare6.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/draksambashare.xml:151 msgid "Wizard - Primary domain controller" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:155 msgid "draksambashare13.png" msgstr "draksambashare13.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:153 msgid "" "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>If the \"Primary domain " "controller\" option is selected, the wizard asks for indication if Wins is " "to support or not and to provide admin users names. The following steps are " "then the same as for standalone server, except you can choose also the " "security mode:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:164 msgid "" "<guilabel>domain</guilabel>: provides a mechanism for storing all user and " "group accounts in a central, shared, account repository. The centralized " "account repository is shared between (security) controllers." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/draksambashare.xml:173 msgid "Declare a directory to share" msgstr "Dichiarare una directory da salvare" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:175 msgid "With the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button, we get:" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:179 msgid "draksambashare15.png" msgstr "draksambashare15.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:184 msgid "" "A new entry is thus added. It can be modified with the <guibutton>Modify</" "guibutton> button. Options can be edited, such as whether the directory is " "visible to the public, writable or browseable. The share name can not be " "modified." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:191 msgid "draksambashare16.png" msgstr "draksambashare16.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:203 msgid "When the list has at least one entry, menu entries can be used." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:209 msgid "Save the current configuration in <code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>." msgstr "Salva l'attuale configurazione in <code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title> #: en/draksambashare.xml:214 msgid "Samba server|Configure" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:216 msgid "The wizard can be run again with this command." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title> #: en/draksambashare.xml:220 msgid "Samba server|Restart" msgstr "Server Samba|Restart" #. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title> #: en/draksambashare.xml:227 msgid "Samba Server|Reload" msgstr "Servar Samba|Ricarica" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/draksambashare.xml:235 msgid "Printers share" msgstr "Stampanti condivise" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:237 msgid "Samba also allows you to share printers." msgstr "Samba ti permette anche di condividere stampanti." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:241 msgid "draksambashare17.png" msgstr "draksambashare17.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><screenshot> #: en/draksambashare.xml:239 en/drakvpn.xml:46 en/logdrake.xml:89 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:58 en/rpmdrake.xml:163 en/rpmdrake.xml:173 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:183 en/rpmdrake.xml:193 en/rpmdrake.xml:203 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:238 msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/draksambashare.xml:247 msgid "Samba users" msgstr "Utilizzatori di Samba" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:253 msgid "draksambashare18.png" msgstr "draksambashare18.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:249 msgid "" "In this tab, you can add users who are allowed to access the shared " "resources when authentication is required. You can add users from <xref " "linkend=\"userdrake-ti1\"/><placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/draksec.xml:3 msgid "Configure authentication for Mageia tools" msgstr "Configura autenticazione per strumenti Mageia" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/draksec.xml:6 msgid "draksec" msgstr "draksec" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksec.xml:11 msgid "draksec0.png" msgstr "draksec0.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/draksec.xml:16 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" "\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksec.xml:15 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>is present in the Mageia " "Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Security</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksec.xml:19 msgid "" "It allows to give the regular users the needed rights to accomplish tasks " "usually done by the administrator." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksec.xml:22 msgid "Click on the little arrow before the item you want to drop down:" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksec.xml:27 msgid "draksec.png" msgstr "draksec.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksec.xml:31 msgid "" "Most of the tools available in the Mageia Control Center are displayed in " "the left side of the window (see the screenshot above) and for each tool, a " "drop down list on the right side gives the choice between:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/draksec.xml:37 msgid "" "Default: The launch mode depends on the chosen security level. See in the " "same MCC tab, the tool \"Configure system security, permissions and audit\"." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/draksec.xml:43 msgid "User password: The user password is asked before the tool launching." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/draksec.xml:48 msgid "" "Administrator password: The root password is asked before the tool launching" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/draksec.xml:53 msgid "No password: The tool is launched without asking any password." msgstr "Nessuna password: lo strumento parte senza richiedere alcuna password." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:11 msgid "Snapshots" msgstr "Backup periodico del sistema" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:12 msgid "draksnapshot-config" msgstr "draksnapshot-configurazione" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:18 msgid "draksnapshot-config.png" msgstr "draksnapshot-config.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:22 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" "\"bold\">draksnapshot-config </emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:22 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is available in MCC's " "<guilabel>System</guilabel> tab, in the <guilabel>Administration tools</" "guilabel> section." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:26 msgid "" "When you start this tool in MCC for the first time, you will see a message " "about installing draksnapshot. Click on <guibutton>Install</guibutton> to " "proceed. Draksnapshot and some other packages it needs will be installed." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:31 msgid "" "Click again on <guilabel>Snapshots</guilabel>, you will see the " "<guilabel>Settings</guilabel> screen. Tick <guilabel>Enable Backups</" "guilabel> and, if you want to backup the whole system, <guilabel>Backup the " "whole system</guilabel>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:34 msgid "" "If you only want to backup part of your directories, then choose " "<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>. You will see a little pop-up screen. Use the " "<guibutton>Add</guibutton> and <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> buttons next to " "the <guilabel>Backup list</guilabel> to include or exclude directories and " "files from the backup. Use the same buttons next to the <guilabel>Exclude</" "guilabel> list to remove subdirectories and/or files from the chosen " "directories, that should <emphasis role=\"bold\">not</emphasis> be included " "in the backup. Click on <guibutton>Close</guibutton> when you are done." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:41 msgid "" "Now give the path to <guilabel>Where to backup</guilabel>, or choose the " "<guibutton>Browse</guibutton> button to select the correct path. Any mounted " "USB-key or external HD can be found in <emphasis role=\"bold\">/run/media/" "your_user_name/</emphasis>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:45 msgid "Click on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton> to make the snapshot." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/draksound.xml:3 msgid "Sound Configuration" msgstr "Configurazione audio" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/draksound.xml:4 msgid "draksound" msgstr "draksound" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksound.xml:8 msgid "draksound.png" msgstr "draksound.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/draksound.xml:11 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" "\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:11 en/mousedrake.xml:15 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia " "Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:13 msgid "" "Draksound deals with the sound configuration, PulseAudio options and " "troubleshooting. It will help you if you experience sound problems or if you " "change the sound card." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:16 msgid "" "<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> is a sound server. It receives all the sound " "inputs, mixes them according to the user preferences and sends the resulting " "sound to the output. See <guimenu>Menu ->Sound and video -> PulseAudio " "volume control</guimenu> to set these preferences." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:20 msgid "" "PulseAudio is the default sound server and it is recommended to leave it " "enabled." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:22 msgid "" "<guilabel>Glitch-Free</guilabel> improves PulseAudio with some programs. It " "is also recommended to leave it enabled." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:24 msgid "" "The <guibutton>Troubleshooting</guibutton> button gives assistance with " "fixing any problems you may have. You will find it helpful to try this " "before asking the community for help." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:27 msgid "" "The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button displays a new window with an " "obvious button." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksound.xml:30 #, fuzzy msgid "draksound1.png" msgstr "draksound.png" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakups.xml:3 msgid "Set up a UPS for power monitoring" msgstr "Configura un UPS per il controllo dell'alimentazione" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/drakups.xml:3 msgid "drakups" msgstr "drakups" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakups.xml:8 msgid "drakups.png" msgstr "drakups.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakups.xml:16 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" "\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakvpn.xml:3 msgid "Configure VPN Connection to secure network access" msgstr "Configura la connessione VPN per rendere sicuro l'accesso al network" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/drakvpn.xml:6 msgid "drakvpn" msgstr "drakvpn" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakvpn.xml:11 msgid "drakvpn1.png" msgstr "drakvpn1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakvpn.xml:19 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" "\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakvpn.xml:18 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to configure " "secure access to a remote network establishing a tunnel between the local " "workstation and the remote network. We discuss here only of the " "configuration on the workstation side. We assume that the remote network is " "already in operation, and that you have the connection information from the " "network administrator, like a .pcf configuration file ." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakvpn.xml:30 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Configurazione" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakvpn.xml:32 msgid "" "First, select either Cisco VPN Concentrator or OpenVPN, depending on which " "protocol is used for your virtual private network." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakvpn.xml:35 msgid "Then give your connection a name." msgstr "In seguito dai un nome alla connessione." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakvpn.xml:37 msgid "At the next screen, provide the details for your VPN connection." msgstr "Alla prossima schermata dare i dettagli della tua connessione VPN." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakvpn.xml:42 msgid "For Cisco VPN" msgstr "Per VPN Cisco" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakvpn.xml:48 msgid "drakvpn3.png" msgstr "drakvpn3.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakvpn.xml:54 msgid "" "For openvpn. The openvpn package and its dependencies will be installed the " "first time the tool is used." msgstr "" "Per openvpn. Il pacchetto openvpn e le sue dipendenze verranno installate la " "prima volta che lo strumento verrà usato." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakvpn.xml:59 msgid "drakvpn7.png" msgstr "drakvpn7.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakvpn.xml:57 msgid "" "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Select the files that you " "received from the network administrator." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakvpn.xml:64 msgid "Advanced parameters:" msgstr "Parametri avanzati:" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakvpn.xml:68 msgid "drakvpn8.png" msgstr "drakvpn8.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakvpn.xml:72 msgid "The next screen asks for IP-address of the gateway." msgstr "La prossima schermata chiede l'indirizzo IP del gateway." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakvpn.xml:76 msgid "" "When the parameters are set, you have the option of starting the VPN " "connection." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakvpn.xml:79 msgid "" "This VPN connection can be set to start automatically with a network " "connection. To do this, reconfigure the network connection to always connect " "to this VPN." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:3 msgid "Configure webserver" msgstr "Configura il server web" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:3 msgid "drakwizard apache2" msgstr "drakwizard apache2" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:8 msgid "drakwizard_apache2.png" msgstr "drakwizard_apache2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:12 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" "\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:12 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a " "web server." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:15 msgid "What is a web server?" msgstr "Cos'è un server web?" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:17 msgid "" "Web server is the software that helps to deliver web content that can be " "accessed through the Internet. (From Wikipedia)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:21 msgid "Setting up a web server with drakwizard apache2" msgstr "Impostando un web server con drakwizard apache2" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:23 msgid "Welcome to the web server wizard." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:30 msgid "drakwizard-web-step1.png" msgstr "drakwizard-web-step1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:34 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:49 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:34 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:55 msgid "" "The first page is just an introduction, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." msgstr "" "La prima pagina è solo un'introduzione, premi <guibutton>Avanti</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:38 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:38 msgid "Selecting Server Exposer: Local Net and/or World" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:41 msgid "drakwizard-web-step2.png" msgstr "drakwizard-web-step2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:45 msgid "" "Exposing the web server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad " "things." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:49 msgid "Server User Module" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:52 msgid "drakwizard-web-step3.png" msgstr "drakwizard-web-step3.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:56 msgid "Allows users to create their own sites." msgstr "Permetti agli utenti di creare i propri siti." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:60 msgid "User web directory name" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:63 msgid "drakwizard-web-step4.png" msgstr "drakwizard-web-step4.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:67 msgid "" "The user needs to create and populate this directory, then the server will " "display it." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:71 msgid "Server Document Root" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:74 msgid "drakwizard-web-step5.png" msgstr "drakwizard-web-step5.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:78 msgid "Allows you to configure the path to the web servers default documents." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:82 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:83 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:71 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:144 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:105 msgid "Summary" msgstr "Sommario" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:85 msgid "drakwizard-web-step6.png" msgstr "drakwizard-web-step6.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:89 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:91 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:78 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:153 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:112 msgid "" "Take a second to check these options, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:93 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:82 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:173 en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:116 msgid "Finish" msgstr "Finisci" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:96 msgid "drakwizard-web-step7.png" msgstr "drakwizard-web-step7.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:100 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:89 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:183 en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:123 msgid "You're done! Click <guibutton>Finish</guibutton>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:3 msgid "Configure DNS" msgstr "Configura DNS" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:3 msgid "drakwizard bind" msgstr "drakwizard bind" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:8 msgid "drakwizard_bind.png" msgstr "drakwizard_bind.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:16 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" "\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:3 msgid "Configure DHCP" msgstr "Configura server DHCP" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:5 msgid "drakwizard dhcp" msgstr "drakwizard dhcp" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:10 msgid "drakwizard_dhcp.png" msgstr "drakwizard_dhcp.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:15 msgid "" "This tool is broken in Mageia 4 because of new naming scheme for the Net " "interfaces" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:20 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" "\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:19 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a " "<acronym>DHCP</acronym> server. It is a component of drakwizard which should " "be installed before you can access to it." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:26 msgid "What is DHCP?" msgstr "Cos'è DHCP?" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:28 msgid "" "The Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (<acronym>DHCP</acronym>) is a " "standardized networking protocol used on IP networks that dynamically " "configures IP addresses and other information that is needed for Internet " "communication. (From Wikipedia)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:35 msgid "Setting up a DHCP server with drakwizard dhcp" msgstr "Impostando un server DHCP con drakwizard dhcp" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:37 msgid "Welcome to the DHCP server wizard." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:45 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png" msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:54 msgid "Selecting Adaptor" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:58 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png" msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:62 msgid "" "Choose the network interface, which is connected to the subnet, and for " "which DHCP will assign IP addresses, and then click <guibutton>Next</" "guibutton>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:68 msgid "Select IP range" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:72 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png" msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:76 msgid "" "Select the beginning and ending IP addresses of the range of IPs you want " "the server to offer, along with the IP of the gateway machine connecting to " "some place outside the local network, hopefully close to the Internet, then " "click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:87 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png" msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:96 msgid "Hold on..." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:100 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png" msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:104 msgid "" "This can be fixed. Click <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> a few times and " "change things around." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:109 msgid "Hours later..." msgstr "Ore più tardi..." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:113 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png" msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:121 en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:87 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:189 msgid "What is done" msgstr "Cos'è stato fatto" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:125 msgid "Installing the package dhcp-server if needed;" msgstr "Installare il pacchetto dhcp-server se necessario;" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:129 msgid "" "Saving <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> in <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;</code>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:134 msgid "" "Creating a new <code>dhcpd.conf</code> starting from <code>/usr/share/" "wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> and adding the new " "parameters:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:140 msgid "<code>hname</code>" msgstr "<code>hname</code>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:144 msgid "<code>dns</code>" msgstr "<code>dns</code>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:148 msgid "net" msgstr "net" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:152 msgid "ip" msgstr "ip" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:156 msgid "<code>mask</code>" msgstr "<code>maschera</code>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:160 msgid "<code>rng1</code>" msgstr "<code>rng1</code>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:164 msgid "<code>rng2</code>" msgstr "<code>rng2</code>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:168 msgid "<code>dname</code>" msgstr "<code>dname</code>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:172 msgid "<code>gateway</code>" msgstr "<code>gateway</code>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:176 msgid "<code>tftpserverip</code>" msgstr "<code>tftpserverip</code>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:180 msgid "<code>dhcpd_interface</code>" msgstr "<code>dhcpd_interface</code>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:186 msgid "" "Also modifying Webmin configuration file <code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</" "code>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:191 msgid "Restarting <code>dhcpd.</code>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:10 msgid "Configure time" msgstr "Configura time server" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:12 msgid "drakwizard ntp" msgstr "drakwizard ntp" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:19 msgid "drakwizard_ntp.png" msgstr "drakwizard_ntp.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:25 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" "\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:24 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> purpose is to set the " "time of your server synchronised with an external server. It isn't installed " "by default and you have to also install the drakwizard and drakwizard-base " "packages." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:32 msgid "Setup a NTP server with drakwizard ntp" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:36 msgid "" "After a welcome screen (see above), the second one ask you to choose three " "time servers in the drop down lists and suggests to use pool.ntp.org twice " "because this server always points to available time servers." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:43 msgid "drakwizard-ntp1.png" msgstr "drakwizard-ntp1.png" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:49 msgid "drakwizard-ntp2.png" msgstr "drakwizard-ntp2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata><info> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:51 msgid "<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/>" msgstr "<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:50 msgid "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:63 msgid "" "The following screens allows to choose the region and the city and then, you " "arrive on a summary. If something is wrong, you can obviously change it " "using the <guibutton>Previous</guibutton>button. If everything is right, " "click on the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button to proceed to the test. It " "may take a while and you finally get this screen below:" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:72 msgid "drakwizard-ntp3.png" msgstr "drakwizard-ntp3.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:78 msgid "Click on the <guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button to close the tool" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:89 msgid "This tool executes the following steps:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:93 msgid "Installing the package <code>ntp</code> if needed" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:97 msgid "" "Saving the files <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> to <code>/etc/sysconfig/" "clock.orig</code> and <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> to <code>/etc/ntp/" "step-tickers.orig</code>;" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:104 msgid "" "Writing a new file <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> with the list of " "servers;" msgstr "" "Scrivendo un nuovo file <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> con la lista dei " "server;" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:109 msgid "" "Modifying the file <code>/etc/ntp.conf</code> by inserting the first server " "name;" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:114 msgid "" "Stopping and starting <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> and <code>ntpd</" "code> services;" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:119 msgid "" "Setting the hardware clock to the current system time with UTC reference." msgstr "" "Impostando l'orologio hardware con l'attuale orologio di sistema riferito a " "UTC." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:3 msgid "Configure FTP" msgstr "Configura server FTP" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:3 msgid "drakwizard proftpd" msgstr "drakwizard proftpd" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:8 msgid "drakwizard_proftpd.png" msgstr "drakwizard_proftpd.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:12 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" "\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:12 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an " "<acronym>FTP</acronym> server." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:15 msgid "What is <acronym>FTP</acronym>?" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:17 msgid "" "File Transfer Protocol (<acronym>FTP</acronym>) is a standard network " "protocol used to transfer files from one host to another host over a " "<acronym>TCP</acronym>-based network, such as the Internet. (From Wikipedia)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:21 msgid "Setting up an FTP server with drakwizard proftpd" msgstr "Imposta un server FTP con darkwizard proftpd" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:23 msgid "Welcome to the FTP wizard. Buckle up." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:30 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step1.png" msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step1.png" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:41 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step2.png" msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:45 msgid "" "Exposing the FTP server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad " "things." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:49 msgid "Server Information" msgstr "Informazioni del server" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:52 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step3.png" msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step3.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:56 msgid "" "Enter name the sever will use to introduce itself, someone to email " "complaints too and whether to allow root login access." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:60 msgid "Server Options" msgstr "Opzioni del server" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:63 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step4.png" msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step4.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:67 msgid "" "Set listening port, jailed user, allow resumes and/or <acronym>FXP</acronym> " "(File eXchange Protocol)" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:74 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step5.png" msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step5.png" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:85 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step6.png" msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step6.png" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:10 msgid "Configure proxy" msgstr "Configura server proxy" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:12 msgid "drakwizard squid" msgstr "drakwizard squid" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:17 msgid "drakwizard_squid.png" msgstr "drakwizard_squid.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:23 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" "\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:22 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a " "proxy server. It is a component of drakwizard which should be installed " "before you can access to it." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:29 msgid "What is a proxy server?" msgstr "Cos'è un server proxy?" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:31 msgid "" "A proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application) that acts " "as an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other " "servers. A client connects to the proxy server, requesting some service, " "such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a " "different server and the proxy server evaluates the request as a way to " "simplify and control its complexity. (From Wikipedia)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:40 msgid "Setting up a proxy server with drakwizard squid" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:42 msgid "Welcome to the proxy server wizard." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:50 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step1.png" msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:60 msgid "Selecting the proxy port" msgstr "Selezionando la porta proxy" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:64 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step2.png" msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:69 msgid "" "Select the proxy port browsers will connect through, then click " "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:74 msgid "Set Memory and Disk Usage" msgstr "Impostando memoria e uso del disco" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:78 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step3.png" msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step3.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:83 msgid "" "Set memory and disk cache limits, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:88 msgid "Select Network Access Control" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:92 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step4.png" msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step4.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:97 msgid "" "Set visibility to local network or world, then click <guibutton>Next</" "guibutton>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:102 msgid "Grant Network Access" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:106 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step5.png" msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step5.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:111 msgid "Grant access to local networks, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:116 msgid "Use Upper Level Proxy Server?" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:120 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step6.png" msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step6.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:125 msgid "Cascade through another proxy server? If no, skip next step." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:130 msgid "Upper Level Proxy URL and Port" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:134 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step7.png" msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step7.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:139 msgid "" "Provide upper level proxy hostname and port, then click <guibutton>Next</" "guibutton>." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:148 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step8.png" msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step8.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:158 msgid "Start during boot?" msgstr "Avviare durante il boot?" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:162 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step9.png" msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step9.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:168 msgid "" "Choose if the proxy server should be started during the boot time, then " "click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:177 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step10.png" msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step10.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:193 msgid "Installing the package squid if needed;" msgstr "Installare il pacchetto squid se necessario;" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:197 msgid "" "Saving <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> in <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf." "orig;</code>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:202 msgid "" "Creating a new <code>squid.conf</code> starting from <code>squid.conf." "default</code> and adding the new parameters:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:208 msgid "<code>cache_dir</code>" msgstr "<code>cache_dir</code>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:212 msgid "<code>localnet</code>" msgstr "<code>localnet</code>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:216 msgid "cache_mem" msgstr "cache_mem" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:220 msgid "http_port" msgstr "http_port" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:224 msgid "" "<code>level</code> 1, 2 or 3 and <code>http_access</code> according to level" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:229 msgid "<code>cache_peer</code>" msgstr "<code>cache_peer</code>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:233 msgid "<code>visible_hostname</code>" msgstr "<code>visible_hostname</code>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:239 msgid "Restarting <code>squid.</code>" msgstr "Riavviando <code>squid.</code>" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:3 msgid "OpenSSH daemon configuration" msgstr "Configurazione del demone OpenSSH" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:3 msgid "drakwizard sshd" msgstr "drakwizard sshd" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:8 msgid "drakwizard_sshd.png" msgstr "drakwizard_sshd.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:13 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" "\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:13 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an " "<acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:16 msgid "What is <acronym>SSH</acronym>?" msgstr "Cos'è <acronym>SSH</acronym>?" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:18 msgid "" "Secure Shell (SSH) is a cryptographic network protocol for secure data " "communication, remote command-line login, remote command execution, and " "other secure network services between two networked computers that connects, " "via a secure channel over an insecure network, a server and a client " "(running SSH server and <acronym>SSH</acronym> client programs, " "respectively). (From Wikipedia)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:22 msgid "Setting up an <acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon with drakwizard sshd" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:24 msgid "Welcome to the Open SSH wizard." msgstr "Benvenuti al wizard di Open SSH." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:28 msgid "Select Type of Configure Options" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:31 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step1.png" msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:35 msgid "" "Choose <guilabel>Expert</guilabel> for all options or <guilabel>Newbie</" "guilabel> to skip steps 3-7, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:39 msgid "General Options" msgstr "Opzioni generali" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:42 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step2.png" msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:46 msgid "" "Sets visibility and root access options. Port 22 is the standard " "<acronym>SSH</acronym> port." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:50 msgid "Authentication Methods" msgstr "Metodi di autenticazione" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:53 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step3.png" msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step3.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:57 msgid "" "Allow a variety of authentication methods users can use while connecting, " "then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:61 msgid "Logging" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:64 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step4.png" msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step4.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:68 msgid "" "Choose logging facility and level of output, then click <guibutton>Next</" "guibutton>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:72 msgid "Login Options" msgstr "Opzioni di accesso" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:75 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step5.png" msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step5.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:79 msgid "Configure per-login settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:83 msgid "User Login Options" msgstr "Opzioni di accesso dell'utente" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:86 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step6.png" msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step6.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:90 msgid "" "Configure the user access settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:94 msgid "Compression and Forwarding" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:97 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step7.png" msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step7.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:101 msgid "" "Configure X11 forwarding and compression during transfer, then click " "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:108 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step8.png" msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step8.png" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:119 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step9.png" msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step9.png" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakxservices.xml:3 msgid "Manage system services by enabling or disabling them" msgstr "Attiva o disattiva i servizi del sistema" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/drakxservices.xml:3 msgid "drakxservices" msgstr "drakxservices" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakxservices.xml:8 msgid "drakxservices.png" msgstr "drakxservices.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakxservices.xml:15 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" "\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/harddrake2.xml:10 msgid "Hardware configuration" msgstr "Configurazione del hardware" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/harddrake2.xml:12 msgid "harddrake2" msgstr "harddrake2" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/harddrake2.xml:17 msgid "harddrake2.png" msgstr "harddrake2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:23 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" "\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:22 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> gives a general view of " "the hardware of your computer. When the tool is launched, it executes a job " "to look for every element of the hardware. For that, it uses the command " "<code>ldetect </code>which refers to a list of hardware in <code>ldetect-" "lst</code> package." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/harddrake2.xml:31 msgid "The window" msgstr "La finestra" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:33 msgid "The window is divided in two columns." msgstr "La finestra è divisa in due colonne." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:35 msgid "" "The left column contains a list of the detected hardware. The devices are " "grouped by categories. Click on the > to expand the content of a " "category. Each device can be selected in this column." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:39 msgid "" "The right column displays information about the selected device. The " "<guimenu>Help -> Fields description</guimenu> gives some information " "about the content of the fields." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:43 msgid "" "According to which type of device is selected, either one or two buttons are " "available at the bottom of the right column:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:48 msgid "" "<guibutton>Set current driver options</guibutton>: this can be used to " "parameterize the module which is used in relation to the device. This must " "used by experts only." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:54 msgid "" "<guibutton>Run config tool</guibutton>: access to the tool which can " "configure the device. The tool can often be accessed directly from the MCC." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:68 msgid "" "The <guimenu>options</guimenu> menu gives the opportunity to check boxes to " "enable automatic detection:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:73 msgid "modem" msgstr "modem" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:77 msgid "Jaz devices" msgstr "Dispositivi Jaz" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:81 msgid "Zip parallel devices" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:83 msgid "" "By default these detections are not enabled, because they are slow. Check " "the appropriate box(es) if you have this hardware connected. Detection will " "be operational the next time this tool is started." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:3 msgid "Set up the Keyboard Layout" msgstr "Impostando il layout della tastiera." #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:7 msgid "keyboarddrake" msgstr "keyboarddrake" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:12 msgid "keyboarddrake.png" msgstr "keyboarddrake.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:20 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" "\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:19 msgid "" "The keyboarddrake tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> helps you " "configure the basic layout for the keyboard that you wish to use on Mageia. " "It affects the keyboard layout for all users on the system. It can be found " "in the Hardware section of the Mageia Control Center (MCC) labelled " "\"Configure mouse and keyboard\"." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:29 msgid "Keyboard Layout" msgstr "Layout della tastiera" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:31 msgid "" "Here you can select which keyboard layout you wish to use. The names (listed " "in alphabetical order) describe the language, country, and/or ethnicity each " "layout should be used for." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:37 msgid "Keyboard Type" msgstr "Tipo di tastiera" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:39 msgid "" "This menu lets you select the type of keyboard you are using. If you are " "unsure of which to choose, it is best to leave it as the default type." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/localedrake.xml:10 msgid "Manage localization for your system" msgstr "Impostazioni locali per il sistema" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/localedrake.xml:13 msgid "localedrake" msgstr "localedrake" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/localedrake.xml:18 msgid "localedrake.png" msgstr "localedrake.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/localedrake.xml:24 msgid "" "You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" "\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/localedrake.xml:24 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can be found in the " "System section of the Mageia Control Center (MCC) labelled \"Manage " "localization for your system\". It opens with a window in which you can " "choose your language. The choice is adapted to languages selected during " "installation." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/localedrake.xml:31 msgid "" "The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button give access to activate " "compatibility with old encoding (non UTF8)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/localedrake.xml:34 msgid "" "The second window shows a list of countries according to the selected " "language. The button <guibutton>Other Countries</guibutton> gives access to " "countries not listed." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/localedrake.xml:38 msgid "You have to restart your session after any modifications." msgstr "Devi ricominciare la sessione dopo ogni modifica." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/localedrake.xml:42 msgid "Input method" msgstr "Metodo di input" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/localedrake.xml:44 msgid "" "In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an " "input method (from the drop-down menu at the bottom of the list). Input " "methods allow users to input multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, " "Korean, etc)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/localedrake.xml:48 msgid "" "For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method so " "users should not need to configure it manually." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/localedrake.xml:50 msgid "" "Other input methods (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc.) also provide similar functions " "and can, if not available from the drop-down menu, be installed in another " "part of the Mageia Control Center. See <xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/logdrake.xml:3 msgid "View and search system logs" msgstr "Visualizza i log di sistema ed effettua delle ricerche" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/logdrake.xml:5 msgid "logdrake" msgstr "logdrake" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/logdrake.xml:10 msgid "logdrake.png" msgstr "logdrake.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:15 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" "\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia " "Control Center System tab, labelled \"<guilabel>View and search system logs</" "guilabel>\"." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/logdrake.xml:22 msgid "To do a search in the logs" msgstr "Effettuare una ricerca nei registri" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:24 msgid "" "First, enter the key string you want to look for in the <emphasis role=\"bold" "\">Matching</emphasis> field and/or the key string you want to <emphasis>do " "not</emphasis> wish to see amongst the answers in the field <emphasis role=" "\"bold\">but not matching</emphasis>. Then select the file(s) to search in " "the <guilabel>Choose file</guilabel> field. Optionally, it is possible to " "limit the search to only one day. Select it in the <emphasis role=\"bold" "\">Calendar</emphasis>, using the little arrows on each side of the month " "and year, and check \"<guibutton>Show only for the selected day</guibutton>" "\". At last, click on the <guibutton>search</guibutton> button to see the " "results in the window called <guilabel>Content of the file</guilabel>. It is " "possible to save the results in the .txt format by clicking on the <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">Save</emphasis> button." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:36 msgid "" "The <guibutton>Mageia Tools Logs</guibutton> houses the logs from the Mageia " "configuration tools such as the Mageia Control Center tools. These logs are " "updated each time a configuration is modified." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/logdrake.xml:43 msgid "To configure a mail alert" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:45 msgid "" "<guibutton>Mail alert</guibutton> automatically checks the system load and " "the services every hour and if necessary sends an e-mail to the configured " "address." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:49 msgid "" "To configure this tool, click on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Mail Alert</" "emphasis> button and then, in the next screen, on the<guibutton> Configure " "the mail alert system</guibutton> drop down button. Here, all the running " "services are displayed and you can choose which ones you want to look watch. " "(See screenshot above)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:55 msgid "The following services can be watched :" msgstr "I seguenti servizi posso essere esplorati:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:59 msgid "Webmin Service" msgstr "Servizio webmin" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:63 msgid "Postfix Mail Server" msgstr "Server di posta Postfix" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:67 msgid "FTP Server" msgstr "Server FTP" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:71 msgid "Apache World Wide Web Server" msgstr "Server web Apache" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:75 msgid "SSH Server" msgstr "Server SSH" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:79 msgid "Samba Server" msgstr "Server Samba" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:83 msgid "Xinetd Service" msgstr "Servizio xinetd" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:87 msgid "BIND Domain Name Resolve" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/logdrake.xml:91 msgid "logdrake1.png" msgstr "logdrake1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:97 msgid "" "In the next screen, select the <guilabel>Load</guilabel> value you consider " "unacceptable. The load represents the demand to a process, a high load slows " "the system down and a very high load may indicate that a process has gone " "out of control. The default value is 3. We recommend setting the load value " "to 3 times the number of processors." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:103 msgid "" "In the last screen, enter the <guilabel>Email address</guilabel> of the " "person to be warned and the <guilabel>Email server</guilabel> to use (local " "or on the Internet)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/lsnetdrake.xml:10 msgid "Display Available NFS And SMB Shares" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/lsnetdrake.xml:11 msgid "lsnetdrake" msgstr "lsnetdrake" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/lsnetdrake.xml:16 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" "\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/lsnetdrake.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and " "used on the command line." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/lsnetdrake.xml:21 msgid "" "This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you " "can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" "en/Documentation_team\"> the Documentation team.</link> Thanking you in " "advance." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:3 msgid "Display Your PCI, USB and PCMCIA Information" msgstr "Mostra le informazioni riguardo PCI, USB e PCMCIA" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:6 msgid "lspcidrake" msgstr "lspcidrake" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:10 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" "\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:9 msgid "" "This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and " "used on the command line. It will give some more information if used under " "root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:14 msgid "" "lspcidrake gives the list of all the connected devices to the computer (USB, " "PCI and PCMCIA) and the used drivers. It needs the ldetect and ldetect-lst " "packages to work." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:20 msgid "lspcidrake1.png" msgstr "lspcidrake1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:24 msgid "" "With the -v option, lspcidrake adds the vendor and device identifications." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:27 msgid "" "lspcidrake often generates very long lists, so, to find an information, it " "is often used in a pipeline with the grep command, like in these examples:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:31 msgid "Information about the graphic card;" msgstr "Informazioni sulla scheda grafica;" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:33 msgid "<command>lspcidrake | grep VGA</command>" msgstr "<command>lspcidrake | grep VGA</command>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:35 msgid "Information about the network" msgstr "Informazioni sul network" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:37 msgid "<command>lspcidrake | grep -i network</command>" msgstr "<command>lspcidrake | grep -i network</command>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:39 msgid "-i to ignore case distinctions." msgstr "-i per ignorare la distinzione di maiuscolo e minuscolo." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:41 msgid "" "In this screenshot below, you can see the action of the -v option for " "lspcidrake and the -i option for grep." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:46 msgid "lspcidrake2.png" msgstr "lspcidrake2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:50 msgid "" "There is another tool that gives information about the hardware, it is " "called <emphasis role=\"bold\">dmidecode</emphasis> (under root)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:3 msgid "Software Packages Update" msgstr "Aggiornamento pacchetti software" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:5 msgid "MageiaUpdate or drakrpm-update" msgstr "MageiaUpdate o drakrpm-update" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:10 msgid "MageiaUpdate.png" msgstr "MageiaUpdate.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:15 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" "\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-update</" "emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia " "Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software management.</" "emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:20 msgid "" "To work, MageiaUpdate needs the repositories to be configured with drakrpm-" "editmedia with some media checked as updates. If they are not, you are " "prompted to do so." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:25 msgid "" "As soon as this tool is launched, it scans the installed packages and lists " "those with an update available in the repositories. They are all selected by " "default to be automatically downloaded and installed. Click on the " "<guibutton>Update</guibutton> button to start the process." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:30 msgid "" "By clicking on a package, more information is displayed in the lower half of " "the window. The print<emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> before a title " "means you can click to drop down a text." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:38 en/mgaapplet-config.xml:21 msgid "MageiaUpdate1.png" msgstr "MageiaUpdate1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:35 msgid "" "When updates are available, an applet in the system tray warns you by " "displaying this red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/" "> . Just click and enter the user password to update the system alike." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/mcc-boot.xml:5 msgid "Boot" msgstr "Avvio" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-boot.xml:10 msgid "mcc-boot.png" msgstr "mcc-boot.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-boot.xml:16 msgid "" "In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your boot " "steps. Click on a link below to learn more." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-boot.xml:19 msgid "Configure boot steps" msgstr "Configura la sequenza di avvio" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-boot.xml:21 #, fuzzy msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakautologin\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakboot\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-boot.xml:25 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakboot\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakboot\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-boot.xml:29 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakedm\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakedm\"/>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><title> #: en/MCC-cover.xml:12 en/MCC.xml:4 msgid "Mageia Control Center" msgstr "Centro Controllo Mageia" #. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><para> #: en/MCC-cover.xml:14 msgid "The tools to configure the Mageia system" msgstr "Lo strumento per configurare Mageia" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <book><info><cover><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/MCC-cover.xml:17 msgid "mageia-2013.png" msgstr "mageia-2013.png" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/MCC-cover.xml:21 en/MCC.xml:6 msgid "" "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " "3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" "\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." msgstr "" "I testi e le schermate di questo manuale sono disponibili sotto CC BY-SA 3.0 " "license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" "\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/MCC-cover.xml:24 en/MCC.xml:9 msgid "" "This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." "calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." "neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." msgstr "" "Questo manuale è stato prodotto con l'aiuto di <link ns6:href=\"http://www." "calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> sviluppato da <link ns6:href=\"http://www." "neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/MCC-cover.xml:26 en/MCC.xml:11 msgid "" "It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" "href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" "link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." msgstr "" "E' stato scritto da volontari nel loro tempo libero. Contatta <link ns6:href=" "\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Team Documentazione</" "link>, se vuoi aiutare a migliorare questo manuale." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:4 msgid "Hardware" msgstr "Hardware" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:9 msgid "mcc-hardware.png" msgstr "mcc-hardware.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:15 msgid "" "In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your " "hardware. Click on a link below to learn more." msgstr "" "In questa schermata puoi scegliere tra diversi strumenti per configurare il " "tuo hardware. Clicca sul link seguente per saperne di più." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:20 msgid "Manage your hardware" msgstr "Configura l'hardware" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:22 msgid "" "<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Browse and configure hardware</" "emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:27 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:34 msgid "Configure graphics" msgstr "Configura la grafica" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:36 msgid "" "<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Configure 3D Desktop effects</" "emphasis>" msgstr "" "<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Configura effetti desktop 3D</" "emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:41 msgid "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:48 msgid "Configure mouse and keyboard" msgstr "Configura mouse e tastiera" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:50 msgid "<xref linkend=\"keyboarddrake\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"keyboarddrake\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:54 msgid "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:61 msgid "Configure printing and scanning" msgstr "Configura stampanti e scanner" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:63 msgid "" "<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Set up the printer(s), " "the print job queues, ...</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:68 msgid "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:75 en/mcc-network.xml:58 msgid "Others" msgstr "Altro" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:77 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakups\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakups\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/mcc-intro.xml:3 msgid "About the Manual for the Mageia Control Center" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-intro.xml:6 msgid "" "The Mageia Control Center (MCC) has eight different options or tabs to " "choose from in the left column, and even ten if the drakwizard package was " "installed. Each of these tabs gives a different set of tools that can be " "selected in the big right panel." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-intro.xml:8 msgid "" "The ten following chapters are about those ten options and the related tools." msgstr "" "I dieci capitoli successivi sono relativi a quelle dieci opzioni e ai " "relativi strumenti." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-intro.xml:10 msgid "" "The last chapter is about some other Mageia tools, that cannot be chosen in " "any of the MCC tabs." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-intro.xml:12 msgid "" "The titles of the pages will often be the same as the titles of the tool " "screens." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-intro.xml:14 msgid "" "There is also a search bar available, which you can access by clicking on " "the \"Search\" tab in the left column." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:6 en/mcc-localdisks.xml:17 msgid "Local disks" msgstr "Dischi locali" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:11 msgid "mcc-localdisks.png" msgstr "mcc-localdisks.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:15 msgid "" "In this screen you can choose between several tools to manage or share your " "local disks. Click on a link below to learn more." msgstr "" "In questa schermata puoi scegliere tra diversi strumenti per gestire o " "condividere i tuoi dischi locali. Clicca sul link seguente per saperne di " "più." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:18 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakdisk\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakdisk\"></xref>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:19 msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--removable\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--removable\"></xref>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:20 msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--fileshare\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--fileshare\"></xref>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:4 en/mcc-networkservices.xml:17 msgid "Network Services" msgstr "Servizi di rete" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:9 msgid "mcc-networkservices.png" msgstr "mcc-networkservices.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:15 msgid "" "This screen and the one for <emphasis>Sharing</emphasis> are only visible if " "the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can choose " "between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link below or " "on <xref linkend=\"mcc-sharing\"/>to learn more." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:19 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_dhcp\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_dhcp\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:23 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_bind\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_bind\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:27 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_squid\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_squid\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:31 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_ntp\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_ntp\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:35 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_sshd\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_sshd\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:4 msgid "Network Sharing" msgstr "Condivisioni di rete" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:9 msgid "mcc-networksharing.png" msgstr "mcc-networksharing.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:13 msgid "" "In this screen you can choose between several tools for sharing drives and " "directories. Click on a link below to learn more." msgstr "" "In questa schermata puoi scegliere tra diversi strumenti per condividere i " "drivers e le directories. Clicca sul link seguente per saperne di più." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:17 msgid "Configure Windows(R) shares" msgstr "Configura le condivisioni con Windows(R)" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:18 msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--smb\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--smb\"></xref>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:19 msgid "" "<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = Share drives and " "directories with Windows (SMB) systems</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:22 msgid "Configure NFS shares" msgstr "Configura le condivisioni NFS" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:23 msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--nfs\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--nfs\"></xref>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:24 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:27 msgid "Configure WebDAV shares" msgstr "Configura le condivisioni WebDAV" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:28 msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/mcc-network.xml:3 msgid "Network and Internet" msgstr "Rete e internet" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-network.xml:8 msgid "mcc-network.png" msgstr "mcc-network.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:12 msgid "" "In this screen you can choose between several network tools. Click on a link " "below to learn more." msgstr "" "In questa schermata puoi scegliere tra diversi strumenti di rete. Clicca sul " "link seguente per saperne di più." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-network.xml:18 msgid "Manage your network devices" msgstr "Gestisci i dispositivi di rete" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:21 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:25 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:29 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-network.xml:36 msgid "Personalize and Secure your network" msgstr "Personalizza e rendi sicura la rete" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:39 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakproxy\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakproxy\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:43 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakgw\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakgw\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:47 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:51 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakvpn\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakvpn\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:61 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-security.xml:5 en/mcc-security.xml:18 msgid "Security" msgstr "Sicurezza" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-security.xml:10 msgid "mcc-security.png" msgstr "mcc-security.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-security.xml:16 msgid "" "In this screen you can choose between several security tools. Click on a " "link below to learn more." msgstr "" "In questa schermata puoi scegliere tra diversi strumenti di sicurezza. " "Clicca sul link seguente per saperne di più." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-security.xml:20 msgid "" "<xref linkend=\"msecgui\"/><emphasis> = Configure system security, " "permissions and audit</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-security.xml:25 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakfirewall\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakfirewall\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-security.xml:29 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksec\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksec\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-security.xml:33 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakinvictus\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakinvictus\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-security.xml:37 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakguard\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakguard\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-sharing.xml:4 en/mcc-sharing.xml:17 msgid "Sharing" msgstr "Condivisione" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-sharing.xml:9 msgid "mcc-sharing.png" msgstr "mcc-sharing.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-sharing.xml:15 msgid "" "This screen and the one for <emphasis>Network Services</emphasis> are only " "visible if the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can " "choose between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link " "below or on <xref linkend=\"mcc-networkservices\"/>to learn more." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-sharing.xml:19 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_proftpd\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_proftpd\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-sharing.xml:23 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_apache2\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_apache2\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/mcc-system.xml:4 msgid "System" msgstr "Sistema" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-system.xml:9 msgid "mcc-system.png" msgstr "mcc-system.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:13 msgid "" "In this screen you can choose between several system and administration " "tools. Click on a link below to learn more." msgstr "" "In questa schermata puoi scegliere tra diversi strumenti e sistemi di " "amministrazione. Clicca sul link seguente per saperne di più." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-system.xml:18 msgid "Manage system services" msgstr "Gestisci i servizi di sistema" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:20 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"></xref>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:24 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakxservices\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakxservices\"></xref>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:28 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"></xref>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-system.xml:35 msgid "Localization" msgstr "Localizzazione" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:37 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakclock\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakclock\"></xref>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:41 msgid "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"></xref>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-system.xml:48 msgid "Administration tools" msgstr "Strumenti di amministrazione" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:50 msgid "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"></xref>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:54 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconsole\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconsole\"></xref>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:58 msgid "" "<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"></xref><emphasis> = Manage users on system</" "emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:62 msgid "<xref linkend=\"transfugdrake\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"transfugdrake\"></xref>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:66 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksnapshot-config\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksnapshot-config\"></xref>" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:3 msgid "Configure updates frequency" msgstr "Configura la frequenza degli aggiornamenti" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:5 msgid "mgaapplet-config" msgstr "mgaapplet-config" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:10 msgid "mgaapplet-config.png" msgstr "mgaapplet-config.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:15 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" "\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia " "Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software management</" "emphasis>. It is also available by a <guimenu>right click / Updates " "configuration</guimenu> on the red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject" "\" id=\"1\"/> in the system tray." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:27 msgid "" "The first slider allows you to change how frequently Mageia will check for " "updates and the second the delay after booting before the first check. The " "check box gives you the option to be warned when a new Mageia release is out." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/mousedrake.xml:3 msgid "Set up the pointer device (mouse, touchpad)" msgstr "Configura il dispositivo di puntamento (mouse, touchpad)" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/mousedrake.xml:6 msgid "mousedrake" msgstr "mousedrake" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mousedrake.xml:11 msgid "mousedrake.png" msgstr "mousedrake.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/mousedrake.xml:15 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" "\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mousedrake.xml:20 msgid "" "As you must have a mouse to install Mageia, that one is already installed by " "Drakinstall. This tool allows installation of another mouse." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mousedrake.xml:23 msgid "" "The mice are sorted by connection type and then by model. Select your mouse " "and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Most of the time \"Universal / Any " "PS/2 & USB mice\" is suitable for a recent mouse. The new mouse is " "immediately taken into account." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/msecgui.xml:3 msgid "MSEC: System Security and Audit" msgstr "MSEC: Sicurezza ed controllo del sistema" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/msecgui.xml:5 msgid "msecgui" msgstr "msecgui" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:13 msgid "msecgui.png" msgstr "msecgui.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:21 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" "\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:21 msgid "" "msecgui<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is a graphic user interface " "for msec that allows to configure your system security according to two " "approaches:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:28 msgid "" "It sets the system behaviour, msec imposes modifications to the system to " "make it more secure." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:33 msgid "" "It carries on periodic checks automatically on the system in order to warn " "you if something seems dangerous." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:38 msgid "" "msec uses the concept of \"security levels\" which are intended to configure " "a set of system permissions, which can be audited for changes or " "enforcement. Several of them are proposed by Mageia, but you can define your " "own customised security levels." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/msecgui.xml:45 msgid "Overview tab" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:47 msgid "See the screenshot above" msgstr "Guarda lo screenshot sopra" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:49 msgid "" "The first tab takes up the list of the different security tools with a " "button on the right side to configure them:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:54 msgid "" "Firewall, also found in the MCC / Security / Set up your personal firewall" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:59 msgid "Updates, also found in MCC / Software Management / Update your system" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:64 msgid "msec itself with some information:" msgstr "msec con alcune informazioni:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:68 msgid "enabled or not" msgstr "abilitato o no" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:72 msgid "the configured Base security level" msgstr "Il livello di sicurezza base configurato" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:76 msgid "" "the date of the last Periodic checks and a button to see a detailed report " "and another button to execute the checks just now." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/msecgui.xml:86 msgid "Security settings tab" msgstr "Tab impostazioni di sicurezza" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:88 msgid "" "A click on the second tab or on the Security <guibutton>Configure</" "guibutton> button leads to the same screen shown below." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:94 msgid "msecgui2.png" msgstr "msecgui2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/msecgui.xml:100 msgid "Basic security tab" msgstr "Tab sicurezza di base" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:103 msgid "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Security levels:</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Livelli di sicurezza:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:106 msgid "" "After having checked the box <guilabel>Enable MSEC tool</guilabel>, this tab " "allows you by a double click to choose the security level that appears then " "in bold. If the box is not checked, the level « none » is applied. The " "following levels are available:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:113 msgid "" "Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">none</emphasis>. This level is intended if you " "do not want to use msec to control system security, and prefer tuning it on " "your own. It disables all security checks and puts no restrictions or " "constraints on system configuration and settings. Please use this level only " "if you are knowing what you are doing, as it would leave your system " "vulnerable to attack." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:122 msgid "" "Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">standard</emphasis>. This is the default " "configuration when installed and is intended for casual users. It " "constrains several system settings and executes daily security checks which " "detect changes in system files, system accounts, and vulnerable directory " "permissions. (This level is similar to levels 2 and 3 from past msec " "versions)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:131 msgid "" "Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">secure</emphasis>. This level is intended when " "you want to ensure your system is secure, yet usable. It further restricts " "system permissions and executes more periodic checks. Moreover, access to " "the system is more restricted. (This level is similar to levels 4 (High) and " "5 (Paranoid) from old msec versions)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:140 msgid "" "Besides those levels, different task-oriented security are also provided, " "such as the <emphasis role=\"bold\">fileserver </emphasis>, <emphasis role=" "\"bold\">webserver</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"bold\">netbook</emphasis> " "levels. Such levels attempt to pre-configure system security according to " "the most common use cases." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:149 msgid "" "The last two levels called <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_daily </emphasis> " "and <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_weekly</emphasis> are not really security " "levels but rather tools for periodic checks only." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:156 msgid "" "These levels are saved in <filename>etc/security/msec/level.<levelname></" "filename>. You can define your own customised security levels, saving them " "into specific files called <filename>level.<levelname></filename>, placed " "into the folder <filename>etc/security/msec/.</filename> This function is " "intended for power users which require a customised or more secure system " "configuration." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:165 msgid "" "Keep in mind that user-modified parameters take precedence over default " "level settings." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:170 msgid "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Security alerts:</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Avvisi di sicurezza:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:173 msgid "" "If you check the box <guibutton>Send security alerts by email to:</" "guibutton>, the security alerts generated by msec are going to be sent by " "local e-mail to the security administrator named in the nearby field. You " "can fill either a local user or a complete e-mail address (the local e-mail " "and the e-mail manager must be set accordingly). At last, you can receive " "the security alerts directly on your desktop. Check the relevant box to " "enable it." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><important><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:182 msgid "" "It is strongly advisable to enable the security alerts option in order to " "immediately inform the security administrator of possible security problems. " "If not, the administrator will have to regularly check the logs files " "available in <filename>/var/log/security.</filename>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:188 msgid "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Security options:</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Opzioni di sicurezza:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:190 msgid "" "Creating a customised level is not the only way to customise the computer " "security, it is also possible to use the tabs presented here after to change " "any option you want. Current configuration for msec is stored in <filename>/" "etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. This file contains the current " "security level name and the list of all the modifications done to the " "options." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/msecgui.xml:199 msgid "System security tab" msgstr "Tab sicurezza di sistema" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:201 msgid "" "This tab displays all the security options on the left side column, a " "description in the centre column, and their current values on the right side " "column." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:207 msgid "msecgui3.png" msgstr "msecgui3.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:211 msgid "" "To modify an option, double click on it and a new window appears (see " "screenshot below). It displays the option name, a short description, the " "actual and default values, and a drop down list where the new value can be " "selected. Click on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button to validate the " "choice." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:219 msgid "msecgui11.png" msgstr "msecgui11.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:224 msgid "" "Do not forget when leaving msecgui to save definitively your configuration " "using the menu <guimenu>File -> Save the configuration</guimenu>. If you " "have changed the settings, msecgui allows you to preview the changes before " "saving them." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:232 msgid "msecgui10.png" msgstr "msecgui10.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/msecgui.xml:238 msgid "Network security" msgstr "Sicurezza della rete" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:240 msgid "" "This tab displays all the network options and works like the previous tab" msgstr "" "Questa tab mostra tutte le opzioni di rete e funziona come quella precedente" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:245 msgid "msecgui4.png" msgstr "msecgui4.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/msecgui.xml:251 msgid "Periodic checks tab" msgstr "Tab controlli periodici" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:253 msgid "" "Periodic checks aim to inform the security administrator by means of " "security alerts of all situations msec thinks potentially dangerous." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:257 msgid "" "This tab displays all the periodic checks done by msec and their frequency " "if the box <guibutton>Enable periodic security checks</guibutton> is " "checked. Changes are done like in the previous tabs." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:264 msgid "msecgui5.png" msgstr "msecgui5.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/msecgui.xml:270 msgid "Exceptions tab" msgstr "Scheda delle eccezioni" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:272 msgid "" "Sometimes alert messages are due to well known and wanted situations. In " "these cases they are useless and wasted time for the administrator. This tab " "allows you to create as many exceptions as you want to avoid unwanted alert " "messages. It is obviously empty at the first msec start. The screenshot " "below shows four exceptions." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:280 msgid "msecgui6.png" msgstr "msecgui6.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:284 msgid "" "To create an exception, click on the <guibutton>Add a rule</guibutton> button" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:289 msgid "msecgui7.png" msgstr "msecgui7.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:293 msgid "" "Select the wanted periodic check in the drop down list called " "<guilabel>Check</guilabel> and then, enter the <guilabel>Exception</" "guilabel> in the text area. Adding an exception is obviously not definitive, " "you can either delete it using the <guibutton>Delete</guibutton> button of " "the <guilabel>Exceptions</guilabel> tab or modify it with a double clicK." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/msecgui.xml:303 msgid "Permissions" msgstr "Permessi" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:304 msgid "" "This tab is intended for file and directory permissions checking and " "enforcement." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:306 msgid "" "Like for the security, msec owns different permissions levels (standard, " "secure, ..), they are enabled accordingly with the chosen security level. " "You can create your own customised permissions levels, saving them into " "specific files called <filename>perm.<levelname> </filename> placed into " "the folder <filename>etc/security/msec/</filename> . This function is " "intended for power users which require a customised configuration. It is " "also possible to use the tab presented here after to change any permission " "you want. Current configuration is stored in <filename>/etc/security/msec/" "perms.conf.</filename> This file contains the list of all the modifications " "done to the permissions." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:318 msgid "msecgui8.png" msgstr "msecgui8.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:321 msgid "" "Default permissions are visible as a list of rules (a rule per line). You " "can see on the left side, the file or folder concerned by the rule, then the " "owner, then the group and then the permissions given by the rule. If, for a " "given rule:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:327 msgid "" "the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is not checked, msec only checks if the " "defined permissions for this rule are respected and sends an alert message " "if not, but does not change anything." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:333 msgid "" "the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is checked, then msec will rule the " "permissions respect at the first periodic check and overwrite the " "permissions." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><important><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:337 msgid "" "For this to work, the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis role=\"bold" "\">Periodic check tab</emphasis> must be configured accordingly." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:339 msgid "" "To create a new rule, click on the <guibutton> Add a rule</guibutton> button " "and fill the fields as shown in the example below. The joker * is allowed in " "the <guilabel>File</guilabel> field. “current” means no modification." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:345 msgid "msecgui9.png" msgstr "msecgui9.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:348 msgid "" "Click on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button to validate the choice and do " "not forget when leaving to save definitively your configuration using the " "menu <guimenu>File -> Save the configuration</guimenu>. If you have changed " "the settings, msecgui allows you to preview the changes before saving them." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><note><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:353 msgid "" "It is also possible to create or modify the rules by editing the " "configuration file <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename>." msgstr "" "È anche possibile creare o modificare le regole editando il file di " "configurazione <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:356 msgid "" "Changes in the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Permission tab</emphasis> (or " "directly in the configuration file) are taken into account at the first " "periodic check (see the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis role=\"bold" "\">Periodic checks tab</emphasis>). If you want them to be taken immediately " "into account, use the msecperms command in a console with root rights. You " "can use before, the msecperms -p command to know the permissions that will " "be changed by msecperms." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:363 msgid "" "Do not forget that if you modify the permissions in a console or in a file " "manager, for a file where the box <guilabel>Enforce </guilabel> is checked " "in the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Permissions tab </emphasis>, msecgui will " "write the old permissions back after a while, accordingly to the " "configuration of the options CHECK_PERMS and CHECK_PERMS_ENFORCE in the " "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Periodic Checks tab </emphasis>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:4 msgid "Other Mageia Tools" msgstr "Altri strumenti di Mageia" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:7 msgid "" "There are more Mageia tools than those that can be started in the Mageia " "Control Center. Click on a link below to learn more, or continue reading the " "next pages." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:11 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakbug\"/><emphasis>drakbug</emphasis>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakbug\"/><emphasis>drakbug</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:16 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakbug_report\"/><emphasis>drakbug_report </emphasis>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakbug_report\"/><emphasis>drakbug_report </emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:21 msgid "<xref linkend=\"lsnetdrake\"/><emphasis>TO BE WRITTEN </emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:25 msgid "<xref linkend=\"lspcidrake\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"lspcidrake\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:29 msgid "And more tools?" msgstr "E altri strumenti?" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:3 msgid "Software Management (Install and Remove Software)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:6 msgid "rpmdrake" msgstr "rpmdrake" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:11 msgid "rpmdrake.png" msgstr "rpmdrake.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:18 msgid "Introduction to rpmdrake" msgstr "Introduzione ad rpmdrake" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:21 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" "\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" "Puoi avviare questo strumento dalla riga di comando digitando <emphasis role=" "\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> come root." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:20 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>, also known as drakrpm, " "is a program for installing, uninstalling and updating packages. It is the " "graphical user interface of URPMI. At each start up, it will check online " "package lists (called 'media') downloaded straight from Mageia's official " "servers, and will show you each time the latest applications and packages " "available for your computer. A filter system allows you to display only " "certain types of packages: you may display only installed applications (by " "default), or only available updates. You can also view only not installed " "packages. You can also search by the name of a package, or in the summaries " "of descriptions or in the full descriptions of packages or in the file names " "included in the packages." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:35 msgid "" "To work, rpmdrake needs the repositories to be configured with <xref linkend=" "\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ." msgstr "" "Per funzionare, rpmdrake necessita della configurazione dei repositories con " "<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><important><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:43 msgid "rpmdrake8.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><important><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:38 msgid "" "During the installation, the configured repository is the medium used for " "the installation, generally the DVD or CD. If you keep this medium, rpmdrake " "will ask it each time you want to install a package, with this pop-up " "window : <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>If the above message " "annoys you and you have a good internet connection without too strict " "download limit, it is wise to remove that medium and replace it by online " "repositories thanks to <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><important><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:49 msgid "" "Moreover, the online repositories are always up to date, contains much more " "packages, and allow to update your installed packages." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:55 msgid "The main parts of the screen" msgstr "La parte principale dello schermo" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:60 msgid "rpmdrake1.png" msgstr "rpmdrake1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:67 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Package type filter:</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Filtro per tipo pacchetto:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:69 msgid "" "This filter allows you to display only certain types of packages. The first " "time you start the manager, it only displays applications with a graphical " "interface. You can display either all the packages and all their " "dependencies and libraries or only package groups such as applications only, " "updates only or backported packages from newer versions of Mageia." msgstr "" "Questo filtro ti consente di visualizzare solo alcuni tipi di pacchetto. La " "prima volta che avvi il gestore questo mostrerà solamente le applicazioni " "con una interfaccia grafica. Puoi visualizzare sia tutti i pacchetti che " "tutte le loro dipendenze e librerie o solo gruppi di pacchetti come le sole " "applicazioni, i soli aggiornamenti o pacchetti backported da versioni più " "recenti di Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:77 msgid "" "The default filter setting is for new entrants to Linux or Mageia, who " "probably do not want command line or specialist tools. Since you're reading " "this documentation, you're obviously interested in improving your knowledge " "of Mageia, so it is best to set this filter to \"All\"." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:86 msgid "" "<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Package state filter:</emphasis> </" "firstterm>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:89 msgid "" "This filter allows you to view only the installed packages, only the " "packages that are not installed or all of the packages, both installed and " "not installed." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:95 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Search mode:</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Modalità di ricerca:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:97 msgid "" "Click on this icon to search through the package names, through their " "summaries, through their complete description or through the files included " "in the packages." msgstr "" "Fare clic su questa icona per cercare attraverso i nomi dei pacchetti, " "attraverso le loro sintesi, attraverso la loro descrizione completa o " "attraverso i file inclusi nei pacchetti." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:103 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">\"Find\" box:</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:105 msgid "" "Enter here one or more key words. If you want to use more than one keyword " "for searching use '|' between keywords, e.g. To search for \"mplayer\" and " "\"xine\" at the same time type 'mplayer | xine'." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:111 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Erase all:</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:113 msgid "" "This icon can erase in one click all the key words entered in the \"Find\" " "box ." msgstr "" "Questa icona può cancellare in un solo click tutte le parole chiave inserite " "nel campo \"Cerca\"." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:118 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Categories list:</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:120 msgid "" "This side bar groups all applications and packages into clear categories and " "sub categories." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:125 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Description panel:</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Pannello di descrizione:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:127 msgid "" "This panel displays the package's name, its summary and complete " "description. It displays many useful elements about the selected package. It " "can also show precise details about the package, the files included in the " "package as well as a list of the last changes made by the maintainer." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:137 msgid "The status column" msgstr "La colonna di stato" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:139 msgid "" "Once you correctly set the filters, you can find your software either by " "category (in area 6 above) or by name/summary/description using area 4. A " "list of packages fulfilling your query and, don't forget, the chosen medium " "is shown with different status markers according to whether each package is " "installed/not installed/an update... To change this status, just check or " "uncheck the box before the package name and click on <guibutton>Apply</" "guibutton>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:155 msgid "Icon" msgstr "Icona" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:157 msgid "Legend" msgstr "Legenda" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:165 msgid "../rpmdrake2.png" msgstr "../rpmdrake2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:169 msgid "This package is already installed" msgstr "Il pacchetto è già installato" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:175 msgid "../rpmdrake3.png" msgstr "../rpmdrake3.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:179 msgid "This package will be installed" msgstr "Il pacchetto sarà installato" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:185 msgid "../rpmdrake4.png" msgstr "../rpmdrake4.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:189 msgid "This package cannot be modified" msgstr "Il pacchetto non può essere modificato" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:195 msgid "../rpmdrake5.png" msgstr "../rpmdrake5.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:199 msgid "This package is an update" msgstr "Il pacchetto è un aggiornamento" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:205 msgid "../rpmdrake6.png" msgstr "../rpmdrake6.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:209 msgid "This package will be uninstalled" msgstr "Il pacchetto sarà disinstallato" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:147 msgid "<placeholder type=\"table\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "<placeholder type=\"table\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:215 msgid "Examples in the screenshot above:" msgstr "Esempi nello screeshot qui sopra:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:219 msgid "" "If I uncheck digikam (the green arrow tell us it is installed), the status " "icon will go red with an up arrow and it will be uninstalled when clicking " "on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:227 msgid "" "If I check qdigidoc (which is not installed, see the status), the orange " "with a down arrow status icon will appear and it will be installed when " "clicking on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:235 msgid "The dependencies" msgstr "Le dipendenze" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:240 msgid "rpmdrake7.png" msgstr "rpmdrake7.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:245 msgid "" "Some packages need other packages called dependencies in order to work. They " "are for example libraries or tools. In this case, Rpmdrake displays an " "information window allowing you to choose whether to accept the selected " "dependencies, cancel the operation or get more information (see above). It " "may also happen that various packages are able to provide the needed " "library, in which case rpmdrake displays the list of alternatives with a " "button to get more information and another button to choose which package to " "install." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:10 msgid "Set up scanner" msgstr "Configura uno scanner" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:11 msgid "scannerdrake" msgstr "scannerdrake" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:18 msgid "Installation" msgstr "Installazione" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:22 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing " "<emphasis>scannerdrake</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" "Puoi avviare questo strumento dalla linea di comando digitando " "<emphasis>scannerdrake</emphasis> come root." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:21 msgid "" "This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to configure " "a single scanner device or a multifunction device which includes scanning. " "It also allows you to share local devices connected to this computer with a " "remote computer or to access remote scanners." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:29 msgid "" "When you start this tool for the first time, you may get the following " "message:" msgstr "" "Quando utilizzi questo strumento per la prima volta potrebbe apparirti il " "seguente messaggio:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:32 msgid "" "<emphasis>\"SANE packages need to be installed to use scanners</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:35 msgid "<emphasis>Do you want to install the SANE packages?\"</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis>Vuoi installare i pacchetti SANE?\"</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:38 msgid "" "Choose <emphasis>Yes</emphasis> to continue. It will install <code>scanner-" "gui</code> and <code>task-scanning</code> if they are not yet installed." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:44 msgid "scannerdrake.png" msgstr "scannerdrake.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:50 msgid "" "If your scanner is identified correctly, so if in the above screen you see " "the name of your scanner, the scanner is ready for use with, for instance, " "<emphasis>XSane</emphasis> or <emphasis>Simple Scan</emphasis>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:55 msgid "" "In that case, you might now want to want to configure the <emphasis>Scanner " "sharing</emphasis> option. You can read about it in the <xref linkend=" "\"scannersharing\"/>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:59 msgid "" "However, if your scanner hasn't been correctly identified, and checking its " "cable(s) and power switch and then pressing <emphasis>Search for new " "scanners</emphasis> doesn't help, you'll need to press <emphasis>Add a " "scanner manually</emphasis>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:64 msgid "" "Choose the brand of your scanner in the list you see, then its type from the " "list for that brand and click <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:69 msgid "scannerdrake2.png" msgstr "scannerdrake2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:76 msgid "" "If you can't find your scanner in the list, then click <emphasis>Cancel</" "emphasis>" msgstr "" "Se non riesci a trovare il tuo scanner nella lista clicca su " "<emphasis>Annulla</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:79 msgid "" "Please check whether your scanner is supported on the <link xlink:href=" "\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: Supported " "Devices</link> page and ask for help in the <link xlink:href=\"http://forums." "mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><figure><info><title> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:87 msgid "Choose port" msgstr "Scegli la porta" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><figure><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:91 msgid "scannerdrake3.png" msgstr "scannerdrake3.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><figure> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:86 msgid "" "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=" "\"1\"/>" msgstr "" "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=" "\"1\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:97 msgid "" "You can leave this setting to <emphasis>Auto-detect available ports</" "emphasis> unless your scanner's interface is a parallel port. In that case, " "select <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> if you have only one." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:102 msgid "" "After clicking <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>, in most cases you will see a screen " "similar to the one below." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:104 msgid "" "If you don't get that screen, then please read the <xref linkend=" "\"scannerextrasteps\"/>." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:108 msgid "scannerdrake4.png" msgstr "scannerdrake4.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:117 msgid "Scannersharing" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:122 msgid "scannerdrake5.png" msgstr "scannerdrake5.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:128 msgid "" "Here you can choose whether the scanners connected to this machine should be " "accessible by remote machines and by which remote machines. You can also " "decide here whether scanners on remote machines should be made available on " "this machine." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:133 msgid "" "Scanner sharing to hosts : name or IP address of hosts can be added or " "deleted from the list of hosts allowed to access the local device(s), on " "this computer." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:137 msgid "" "Usage of remote scanners : name or IP address of hosts can added or deleted " "from the list of hosts which give access to a remote scanner." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:143 msgid "scannerdrake6.png" msgstr "scannerdrake6.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:149 msgid "Scanner sharing to hosts: you can add host." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:153 msgid "scannerdrake7.png" msgstr "scannerdrake7.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:159 msgid "" "Scanner sharing to hosts: specify which host(s) to add, or allow all remote " "machines." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:164 msgid "scannerdrake8.png" msgstr "scannerdrake8.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:170 msgid "\"All remote machines\" are allowed to access the local scanner." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:175 msgid "scannerdrake9.png" msgstr "scannerdrake9.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:181 msgid "" "If the package <emphasis>saned</emphasis> is not yet installed, the tool " "offers to do it." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:184 msgid "At the end, the tool will alter these files:" msgstr "Alla fine lo strumento altererà questi files:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:186 msgid "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/saned.conf</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/saned.conf</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:188 msgid "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/net.conf</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/net.conf</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:190 msgid "" "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf </emphasis>to add or comment the directive " "\"net\"" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:193 msgid "" "It will also configure <emphasis>saned</emphasis> and <emphasis>xinetd</" "emphasis> to be started on boot." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:199 en/system-config-printer.xml:278 msgid "Specifics" msgstr "Specifiche" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:205 msgid "Hewlett-Packard" msgstr "Hewlett-Packard" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:207 msgid "" "Most HP scanners are managed from <emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis> " "(hplip) which also manages printers. In this case, this tool does not allow " "you to configure it and invites you to use <emphasis>HP Device Manager</" "emphasis>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:214 msgid "Epson" msgstr "Epson" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:216 msgid "" "Drivers are available from <link xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/" "dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this page</link>. When indicated, you must " "install the <emphasis>iscan-data</emphasis> package first, then " "<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (in this order). It is possible that the " "<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> package will generate a warning about a conflict " "with <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Users have reported that this warning can be " "ignored." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:231 msgid "Extra installation steps" msgstr "Fasi extra di installazione" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:234 msgid "" "It is possible that after selecting a port for your scanner in the <xref " "linkend=\"choosescannerport\"/> screen, you need to take one or more extra " "steps to correctly configure your scanner." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:239 msgid "" "In some cases, you're told the scanner needs its firmware to be uploaded " "each time it is started. This tool allows you to load it into the device, " "after you installed it on your system. In this screen you can install the " "firmware from a CD or a Windows installation, or install the one you " "downloaded from an Internet site of the vendor." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:241 msgid "" "When your device's firmware needs to be loaded, it can take a long time at " "each first usage, possibly more than one minute. So be patient." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:246 msgid "" "Also, you may get a screen telling you to adjust the <emphasis>/etc/sane.d/" "\"name_of_your_SANE_backend\".conf file.</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:250 msgid "" "Read those or other instructions you get carefully and if you don't know " "what to do, feel free to ask for help in the <link xlink:href=\"http://" "forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title> #: en/software-management.xml:5 en/software-management.xml:15 msgid "Software Management" msgstr "Gestione software" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/software-management.xml:10 msgid "software-management.png" msgstr "software-management.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/software-management.xml:14 msgid "" "In this screen you can choose between several tools for software management. " "Click on a link below to learn more." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/software-management.xml:17 msgid "<xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/software-management.xml:20 msgid "" "<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Update your system</" "emphasis>" msgstr "" "<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Aggiorna il tuo sistema</" "emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/software-management.xml:23 msgid "<xref linkend=\"mgaapplet-config\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"mgaapplet-config\"></xref>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/software-management.xml:26 msgid "" "<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"></xref><emphasis> = Configure media " "sources for install and update</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:8 msgid "Install and configure a printer" msgstr "Installa e configura una stampante" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:11 msgid "system-config-printer" msgstr "system-config-printer" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:16 msgid "system-config-printer.png" msgstr "system-config-printer.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:23 msgid "" "Printing is managed on Mageia by a server named CUPS. It has its own <link " "ns2:title=\"CUPS\" ns2:href=\"http://localhost:631\">configuration " "interface</link> which is accessible via an Internet browser, but Mageia " "offers its own tool for installing printers called system-config-printer " "which is shared with other distributions such as Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu " "and openSUSE." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:30 msgid "" "You should enable the non-free repository before proceeding with the " "installation, because some drivers may only be available in this way." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:37 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis>system-" "config-printer</emphasis>. The root password will be asked for." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:34 msgid "" "Printer installation is carried out in the <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> " "section of the Mageia Control Centre. Select the <guilabel>Configure " "printing and scanning</guilabel> tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/" ">." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:42 msgid "MCC will ask for the installation two packages:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:45 msgid "task-printing-server" msgstr "task-printing-server" #. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:47 msgid "task-printing-hp" msgstr "task-printing-hp" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:50 msgid "" "It is necessary to accept this installation to continue. Up to 230MB of " "dependencies are needed." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:53 msgid "" "To add a printer, choose the \"Add\" printer button. The system will try to " "detect any printers and the ports available. The screenshot displays a " "printer connected to a parallel port. If a printer is detected, such as a " "printer on a USB port, it will be displayed on the first line. The window " "will also attempt to configure a network printer." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:61 msgid "Automatically detected printer" msgstr "Stampante automaticamente identificata" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:63 msgid "" "This usually refers to USB printers. The utility automatically finds the " "name of the printer and displays it. Select the printer and then click \"Next" "\". If there is a known driver associated for the printer, it will be " "automatically installed. If there is more than one driver or no known " "drivers, a window will ask you to select or furnish one, as explained in the " "next paragraph. Continue with <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:72 msgid "No automatically detected printer" msgstr "Stampante non automaticamente identificata" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:76 msgid "printer3.png" msgstr "printer3.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:80 msgid "" "When you select a port, the system loads a driver list and displays a window " "to select a driver. The choice can be made through one of the following " "options." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:86 msgid "Select printer from database" msgstr "Seleziona una stampante dal database" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:92 msgid "provide PPD file" msgstr "fornisci il file PPD" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:98 msgid "search for a driver to download" msgstr "cerca un driver da scaricare" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:102 msgid "" "By selecting from the database, the window suggests a printer manufacturer " "first, and then a device and a driver associated with it. If more than one " "driver is suggested, select one which is recommended, unless you have " "encountered some problems with that one before, in this case select the one " "which know to work." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:110 msgid "Complete the installation process" msgstr "Completa il processo di installazione" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:112 msgid "" "After the driver selection, a window requests some information which will " "allow the system to designate and discover the printer. The first line is " "the name under which the device will appear in applications in the list of " "available printers. The installer then suggests printing a test page. After " "this step, the printer is added and appears in the list of available " "printers." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:121 msgid "Network printer" msgstr "Stampante di rete" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:123 msgid "" "Network printers are printers that are attached directly to a wired or " "wireless network, that are attached to a printserver or that are attached to " "another workstation that serves as printserver." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:128 msgid "" "Often, it is better to configure the DHCP server to always associate a fixed " "IP address with the printer's MAC-address. Of course that should be the same " "as the IP address the printer of printserver is set to, if it has a fixed " "one." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:134 msgid "" "The printer's Mac-address is a serial number given to the printer or " "printserver or computer it is attached to, that can be obtained from a " "configuration page printed by the printer or which may be written on a label " "on the printer or printserver. If your shared printer is attached to a " "Mageia system, you can run <emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis> on it " "as root to find the MAC-address. It is the sequence of numbers and letters " "after \"HWaddr\"." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:142 msgid "" "You can add your network printer by choosing the protocol it uses to talk to " "your computer over the network. If you don't know which protocol to choose, " "you can try the <guilabel>Network Printer</guilabel> - <guilabel>Find " "Network Printer</guilabel> option in the <guilabel>Devices</guilabel> menu " "and give the IP address of the printer in the box on the right, where it " "says \"host\"." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:149 msgid "" "If the tool recognises your printer or printserver, it will propose a " "protocol and a queue, but you can choose a more appropriate one from the " "list below it or give the correct queue name if it isn't in the list." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:154 msgid "" "Look in the documentation that came with your printer or printserver to find " "which protocol(s) it supports and for possible specific queue names." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:160 msgid "Network printing protocols" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:162 msgid "" "One current technique is one developed by Hewlett-Packard and known as " "JetDirect. It allows access to a printer directly connected to the network " "via an Ethernet port. You must know the IP-address at which the printer is " "known on the network. This technique is also used inside some ADSL-routers " "which contain an USB port to connect the printer. In this case, the IP-" "address is that of the router. Note that the tool \"Hp Device manager\" can " "manage dynamically configured IP-adress, setting an URI like <emphasis>hp:/" "net/<name-of-the-printer></emphasis> . In this case, fixed IP-adress is " "not required." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:172 msgid "" "Choose the option <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> as the " "protocol and set the address in <guilabel>Host:</guilabel>, do not change " "the <guilabel>Port Number</guilabel>, unless you know that it needs to be " "changed. After the selection of the protocol, the selection of the driver is " "the same as above." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:180 msgid "printer5.png" msgstr "printer5.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:184 msgid "The other protocols are:" msgstr "Gli altri protocolli sono:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:188 msgid "" "<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipp)</emphasis>: a printer which can " "be accessed on a TCP/IP network via the IPP protocol, for example a printer " "connected to a station using CUPS. This protocol may also be used also by " "some ADSL-routers." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:197 msgid "" "<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (https): </emphasis>the same as ipp, " "but using http transport and with TLS secured protocol. The port has to be " "defined. By default, the port 631 is used." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:205 msgid "" "<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps): </emphasis>the same as ipp, but " "with TLS secured protocol." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:212 msgid "" "<emphasis>LPD/LPR host or Printer</emphasis>: a printer which can be " "accessed on a TCP/IP network via the LPD protocol, for example a printer " "connected to a station using LPD." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:220 msgid "" "<emphasis>Windows printer via SAMBA</emphasis>: a printer connected to a " "station running Windows or a SMB server and shared." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:226 msgid "" "The URI can also be added directly. Here are some examples on how to form " "the URI:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:231 msgid "Appsocket" msgstr "Appsocket" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:233 msgid "<uri>socket://ip-address-or-hostname:port </uri>" msgstr "<uri>socket://ip-address-or-hostname:port </uri>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:237 msgid "Internet Printing Protocol (IPP)" msgstr "Internet Printing Protocol (IPP)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:239 msgid "<uri>ipp://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri>" msgstr "<uri>ipp://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:241 msgid "<uri>http://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri>" msgstr "<uri>http://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:245 msgid "Line Printer Daemon (LPD) Protocol" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:247 msgid "<uri>lpd://username@ip-address-or-hostname/queue</uri>" msgstr "<uri>lpd://username@ip-address-or-hostname/queue</uri>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:251 msgid "" "Additional information can be found in the <link ns2:href=\"http://www.cups." "org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">CUPS documentation.</link>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:256 msgid "Device Properties" msgstr "Proprietà del dispositivo" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:258 msgid "" "You can access the properties of the device. The menu allows access to " "parameters for the CUPS server. By default a CUPS server is launched on your " "system, but you can specify a different one with the <guimenu>Server</" "guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Connect...</guimenuitem> menu, another window which " "gives access to the tuning of other specific parameters of the server, " "following <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Settings.</guimenuitem>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:268 msgid "Troubleshoot" msgstr "Troubleshoot" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:270 msgid "" "You can find some information on occurring errors during printing by " "inspecting <filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:273 msgid "" "You can also access to a tool to diagnose problems using the <guimenu>Help</" "guimenu> | <guilabel>Troubleshoot</guilabel> menu." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:280 msgid "" "It is possible that some drivers for specific printers are not available in " "Mageia or are not functional. In this case, have a look at the <link ns2:" "href=\"http://openprinting.org/printers/\">openprinting</link> site to check " "if a driver for your device is available. If yes, check if the package is " "already present in Mageia and in this case install it manually. Then, redo " "the installation process to configure the printer. In all cases, report the " "problem in bugzilla or on the forum if you are comfortable with this tool " "and furnish the model and driver information and whether the printer works " "or not after installation. Here are some sources to find other up-to-date " "drivers or for more recent devices." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:292 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Brother printers</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:294 msgid "" "<link ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/" "en/download_prn.html\">This page</link> give a list of drivers provided by " "Brother. Search the driver for your device, download the rpm(s) and install." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:298 msgid "" "You should install Brother drivers before running the configuration utility." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:301 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Hewlett-Packard printers and All in one devices</" "emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:304 msgid "" "These devices use the hplip tool. It is installed automatically after the " "detection or the selection of the printer. You can find other information " "<link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html\">here</" "link>. The tool \"HP Device Manager\" is available in the <guilabel>System</" "guilabel> menu. Also view <link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-" "web/install/manual/hp_setup.html\">configuration</link> for the management " "of the printer." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:311 msgid "" "A HP All in one device must be installed as a printer and the scanner " "features will be added. Note that sometimes, the Xsane interface doesn't " "allow to scan films or slides (the lighting slid can't operate). In this " "case, it is possible to scan, using the standalone mode, and save the " "picture on a memory card or USB stick inserted in the device. Afterwards, " "open your favourite imaging software and load your picture from the memory " "card which is appeared in the /media folder." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:319 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Samsung colour printer</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:321 msgid "" "For specific Samsung and Xerox colour printers, <link ns2:href=\"http://" "foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">this site provides drivers</link> for the QPDL " "protocol." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:324 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Epson printers and scanners</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:326 msgid "" "Drivers for Epson printers are available from <link ns2:href=\"http://" "download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this search page</" "link>. For the scanner part, you must install the \"iscan-data\" package " "first, then \"iscan\" (in this order). A iscan-plugin package can also be " "available and is to install. Choose the <emphasis>rpm</emphasis> packages " "according to your architecture." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:332 msgid "" "It is possible that the iscan package will generate a warning about a " "conflict with sane. Users have reported that this warning can be ignored." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:336 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Canon printers</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Stampanti Canon</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:338 msgid "" "For Canon printers, it may be advisable to install a tool named turboprint " "<link ns2:href=\"http://www.turboprint.info/\">available here </link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:9 msgid "Import Windows(TM) documents and settings" msgstr "Importa i documenti e le impostazioni di Windows(TM)" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:12 msgid "transfugdrake" msgstr "transfugdrake" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:17 msgid "transfugdrake.png" msgstr "transfugdrake.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:22 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" "\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:21 #, fuzzy msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the " "<emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center " "labeled <guilabel>Import Windows(TM) documents and settings</guilabel>" msgstr "" "Questo strumento<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> lo trovi nel " "Centro di Controllo di Mageia, nel tab Condivisioni di rete, etichettato " "<guilabel>Configura condivisioni WebDAV</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:27 msgid "" "The tool allows an administrator to import the user documents and settings " "from a <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> 2000, <trademark " "class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP or <trademark class=\"registered" "\">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark> installation on the same " "computer as the Mageia installation." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:33 msgid "" "Please note that all the changes will be applied by transfugdrake " "immediately after pressing <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:37 msgid "" "After starting transfugdrake you will see the first wizard page with some " "explanation about the tool and import options." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:40 msgid "" "As soon as you read and understand the instructions, press the " "<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. This should run a detection of " "<trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> installation." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:44 msgid "" "When the detection step is complete you will see a page which allows you to " "choose accounts in <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> and " "Mageia for the import procedure. It is possible to choose other user account " "than yours own." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:51 msgid "transfugdrake1.png" msgstr "transfugdrake1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:56 msgid "" "Please take into account that due to migrate-assistant (the backend of " "transfugdrake) limitations <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</" "trademark> user account names with special symbols can be displayed " "incorrectly." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:62 msgid "" "Migration may take some time depending on the size of the document folders." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:67 msgid "" "Some <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> applications " "(especially drivers) may create user accounts for different purposes. For " "example, NVidia drivers in <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</" "trademark>are updated using <emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Please do not " "use such accounts for the import purposes." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:74 msgid "" "When you finished with the accounts selection press <guibutton>Next</" "guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method to import " "documents:" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:80 msgid "transfugdrake2.png" msgstr "transfugdrake2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:84 msgid "" "Transfugdrake is designed to import <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</" "trademark> data from <emphasis>My Documents</emphasis>, <emphasis>My Music</" "emphasis> and <emphasis>My Pictures</emphasis> folders. It is possible to " "skip import by selecting the appropriate item in this window." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:89 msgid "" "When you finished with the document import method choosing press " "<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method " "to import bookmarks:" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:95 msgid "transfugdrake3.png" msgstr "transfugdrake3.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:99 msgid "" "Transfugdrake can import <emphasis>Internet Explorer</emphasis> and " "<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> bookmarks into the bookmarks of Mageia " "<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> instance." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:103 msgid "" "Choose the preferred import option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> " "button." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:112 msgid "The next page allows you to import desktop background:" msgstr "La pagina successiva ti permette di importare sfondi desktop:" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:116 msgid "transfugdrake4.png" msgstr "transfugdrake4.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:120 msgid "" "Choose the preferred option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button." msgstr "" "Scegli le opzioni preferite e premere il pulsante <guibutton>Avanti</" "guibutton> " #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:123 msgid "" "The last page of wizard shows some congratulation message. Just press the " "<guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:128 msgid "transfugdrake5.png" msgstr "transfugdrake5.png" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/userdrake.xml:11 msgid "Users and Groups" msgstr "Utenti e gruppi" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/userdrake.xml:13 msgid "userdrake" msgstr "userdrake" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/userdrake.xml:18 msgid "userdrake.png" msgstr "userdrake.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:23 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" "\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:22 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the " "<emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center " "labelled \"Manage users on system\"" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:27 msgid "" "The tool allows an administrator to manage the users and the groups, this " "means to add or delete a user or group and to modify user and group settings " "(ID, shell, ...)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:31 msgid "" "When userdrake is opened, all the users existing on the system are listed in " "the <guibutton>Users</guibutton> tab, and all the groups in the " "<guibutton>Groups</guibutton> tab. Both tabs operate the same way." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:35 msgid "<guibutton>1 Add User</guibutton>" msgstr "<guibutton>1 Aggiungi un utente</guibutton>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:37 msgid "This button opens a new window with all fields shown empty:" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/userdrake.xml:41 msgid "userdrake1.png" msgstr "userdrake1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:45 msgid "" "The field <emphasis role=\"bold\">Full Name</emphasis> is intended for the " "entry of a family name and first name, but it is possible to write anything " "or nothing as well!" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:49 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Login</emphasis> is the only required field." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:52 msgid "" "Setting a <emphasis role=\"bold\">Password</emphasis> is highly recommended. " "There is a little shield on the right, if it is red, the password is weak, " "too short or is too similar to the login name. You should use figures, lower " "and upper case characters, punctuation marks, etc. The shield will turn " "orange and then green as the password strength improves." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:59 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Confirm Password</emphasis> field is there to ensure " "you entered what you intended to." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:62 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Login Shell </emphasis>is a drop down list that " "allows you to change the shell used by the user you are adding, the options " "are Bash, Dash and Sh." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:66 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Create a private group for the user</emphasis>, if " "checked will automatically create a group with the same name and the new " "user as the only member (this may be edited)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:70 msgid "" "The other options should be obvious. The new user is created immediately " "after you click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:73 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">2 Add Group</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">2 Aggiungi un gruppo</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:75 msgid "" "You only need to enter the new group name, and if required, the specific " "group ID." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:78 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">3 Edit</emphasis> (a selected user)" msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">3 Modifica</emphasis> (un utente selezionato)" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:80 msgid "" "<guibutton>User Data</guibutton>: Allows you to modify all the data given " "for the user at creation (the ID can't be changed)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:83 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Account Info</emphasis>:" msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Informazioni sull'account</emphasis>:" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/userdrake.xml:87 msgid "userdrake2.png" msgstr "userdrake2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:91 msgid "" "The first option is for setting an expiration date for the account. " "Connection is impossible after this date. This is useful for temporary " "accounts." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:95 msgid "" "The second option is to lock the account, connection is impossible as long " "as the account is locked." msgstr "" "La seconda opzione è di bloccare l'account. La connessione è impossibile " "sino a quando l'account resta bloccato." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:98 msgid "It is also possible to change the icon." msgstr "E' possibile cambiare l'icona." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:100 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Password Info</emphasis>: Allows you to set an " "expiration date for the password, this forces the user to change his " "password periodically." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/userdrake.xml:106 msgid "userdrake3.png" msgstr "userdrake3.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:110 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group</emphasis>: Here you can select the groups " "that the user is a member of." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:114 msgid "" "If you are modifying a connected user account, modifications will not be " "effective until his/her next login." msgstr "" "Se stai modificando l'account di un utente connesso, allora le modifiche non " "saranno effettive fino al suo prossimo login." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:118 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">4 Edit</emphasis> (with a group selected)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:120 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group Data</emphasis>: Allows you to modify the " "group name." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:123 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group Users</emphasis>: Here you can select the " "users who are members of the group" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:126 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">5 Delete</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">5 Cancella</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:128 msgid "" "Select a user or a group and click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Delete</" "emphasis> to remove it. For a user, a window appears to ask if home " "directory and mailbox must also be deleted. If a private group has been " "created for the user, it will be deleted as well." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:133 msgid "It is possible to delete a group which is not empty." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:136 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">6 Refresh</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">6 Ricarica</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:138 msgid "" "The User database can be changed outside of Userdrake. Click on this icon to " "refresh the display." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:141 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">7 Guest Account</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">7 Account ospite</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:143 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">guest</emphasis> is a special account. It is " "intended to give somebody temporary access to the system with total " "security. Login is xguest, there is no password, and it is impossible to " "make modifications to the system from this account. The personal directories " "are deleted at the end of the session. This account is enabled by default, " "to disable it, click in the menu on<guimenu> Actions -> Uninstall guest " "account</guimenu>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/XFdrake.xml:3 msgid "Set up the graphical server" msgstr "Configura il sistema grafico" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/XFdrake.xml:5 msgid "XFdrake" msgstr "XFdrake" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/XFdrake.xml:10 msgid "XFdrake.png" msgstr "XFdrake.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:17 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis>XFdrake</" "emphasis> as normal user or <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> as root. Mind the " "capital letters." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>. Select <emphasis><guilabel>Set up the " "graphical server</guilabel></emphasis>. <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=" "\"0\"/>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:24 msgid "The buttons allow you to change the graphical configuration." msgstr "Il bottone ti permette di cambiare la configurazione grafica." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:26 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Graphic card</emphasis>:" msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Scheda grafica</emphasis>:" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:28 msgid "" "The graphic card currently detected is displayed and the matching server " "configured. Click on this button to change to another server, for example " "one with a proprietary driver." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:32 msgid "" "The available servers are sorted under <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> by " "manufacturer in alphabetical order and then by model also in alphabetical " "order. The free drivers are sorted by alphabetical order under<guilabel> " "Xorg</guilabel>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:38 msgid "" "In case of problems, <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> will work with most " "graphic cards and give you time to find and install the right driver while " "in your Desktop Environment." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:42 msgid "" "If even Vesa doesn't work, choose <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> - " "<guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis>, which is used while installing " "Mageia, but doesn't allow you to change resolution or refresh rates." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:47 msgid "" "If you made your choice for a free driver, you may be asked if you want to " "use a proprietary driver instead with more features (3D effects for example)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:53 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Monitor:</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Monitor:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:55 msgid "" "In the same way as above, the monitor currently detected is displayed and " "you can click on the button to change to another one. If the desired monitor " "isn't in the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> list, choose in the " "<guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list a monitor with the same features." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:62 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Resolution:</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Risoluzione:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:64 msgid "" "This button allows the choice of the resolution (number of pixels) and the " "colour depth (number of colours). It displays this screen:" msgstr "" "Questo bottone ti permette di scegliere la risoluzione (numero di pixels) e " "la profondità di colore (numero di colori). Mostra questa schermata:" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/XFdrake.xml:69 msgid "XFdrake1.png" msgstr "XFdrake1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:67 msgid "" "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>When you change the color depth, " "a multi-colored bar will appear next to the second button and show a preview " "of what the selected color depth looks like." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:75 msgid "" "The first button shows the currently resolution, click to change for another " "one. The list gives all the possible choices according to the graphic card " "and the monitor, it is possible to click on <guilabel>Other</guilabel> to " "set other resolutions, but bear in mind that you can damage your monitor or " "select an uncomfortable setting." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:81 msgid "" "The second button shows the currently colour depth, click to change this for " "another one." msgstr "" "Il secondo pulsante mostra l'attuale profondità di colore, clicca per " "cambiarla." #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:85 msgid "" "Depending on the chosen resolution, it may be necessary to logout and " "restart the graphical environment for the settings to take effect." msgstr "" "A seconda della risoluzione scelta potrebbe essere necessario eseguire il " "logout e riavviare l'ambiente grafico per vederne gli effetti." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:92 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Test:</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Test:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:94 msgid "" "Once the configuration done, it is recommended to do a test before clicking " "on OK because it is easier to modify the settings now than later if the " "graphical environment doesn't work." msgstr "" "Una volta che la configurazione è finita è consigliato eseguire un test " "prima di cliccare su OK poiché è più semplice modificare le impostazioni ora " "che dopo, nel caso in cui l'ambiente grafico non dovesse funzionare." #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:99 msgid "" "In case of a non working graphical environment, type Alt+Ctrl+F2 to open a " "text environment, connect as root and type XFdrake (with the caps) to to use " "XFdrake's text version." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:102 msgid "" "If the test fails, just wait until the end, if it works but you don't want " "to change after all, click on <guibutton>No</guibutton>, if everything is " "right, click on <guibutton role=\"bold\">OK</guibutton>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title> #: en/XFdrake.xml:107 msgid "Options:" msgstr "Opzioni:" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:110 msgid "" "<guilabel>Global options</guilabel>: If <emphasis>Disable Ctrl-Alt-" "Backspace</emphasis> is checked, it will no longer be possible to restart X " "server using Ctrl+Alt+Backspace keys." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:116 msgid "" "<guilabel>Graphic card options</guilabel>: Allows you to enable or disable " "three specific features depending on the graphic card." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:121 msgid "" "<guilabel>Graphical interface at startup</guilabel>: Most of the time, " "<emphasis>Automatically start the graphical interface (Xorg) upon booting</" "emphasis> is checked to make the boot switch to graphical mode, it may be " "unchecked for a server." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:128 msgid "" "After a click on the <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> button, the system will ask " "you to confirm. There is still time to cancel everything and keep the " "previous configuration, or to accept. In this case, you have to disconnect " "and reconnect to activate the new configuration." msgstr "" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "You have a <emphasis>BIOS</emphasis> system:" #~ msgstr "<emphasis>ID di accesso</emphasis>" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "You have a <emphasis>UEFI</emphasis> system:" #~ msgstr "<emphasis>ID di accesso</emphasis>" #~ msgid "Draksound1.png" #~ msgstr "Draksound1.png" #~ msgid "drakboot --boot" #~ msgstr "drakboot --boot" #~ msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakboot--boot\"/>" #~ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakboot--boot\"/>"